]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/xdisp.c
(handle_fontified_prop): While running fontification
[gnu-emacs] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197
198 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
199 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
200
201 #define INFINITY 10000000
202
203 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
204 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
205 extern int pending_menu_activation;
206 #endif
207
208 extern int interrupt_input;
209 extern int command_loop_level;
210
211 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
212
213 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
214
215 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
216 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
217 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
218
219 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
220 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
221 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
222 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
223 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
224 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
225
226 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
227
228 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
229 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
230
231 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
232 over them. */
233
234 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
235
236 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
237
238 int tool_bar_button_margin;
239
240 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
241
242 int tool_bar_button_relief;
243
244 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
245 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
246
247 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
248
249 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
250
251 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
252
253 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
254
255 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
256 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
257
258 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
259
260 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
261 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
262 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
263 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
264
265 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
266
267 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
268
269 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
272
273 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
274 images in Lisp. */
275
276 Lisp_Object Qimage;
277
278 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
279 message. */
280
281 int noninteractive_need_newline;
282
283 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
284
285 static int message_log_need_newline;
286
287 \f
288 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
289 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
290 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
291 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
292
293 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
294
295 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
296 terminating newline. */
297
298 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
299
300 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
301
302 static int this_line_vpos;
303 static int this_line_y;
304 static int this_line_pixel_height;
305
306 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
307 negative if first character is partially visible. */
308
309 static int this_line_start_x;
310
311 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
312
313 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
314
315 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
316 frame. */
317
318 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
319
320 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
321
322 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
323
324 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
325 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
326 frame-title-format. */
327
328 int multiple_frames;
329
330 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
331
332 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
333
334 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
335
336 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
337
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
339
340 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
341 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
342 numerical position. */
343
344 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
345
346 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
347
348 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
349
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
351
352 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
353
354 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
355 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
356 have changed. */
357
358 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
359
360 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook;
361
362 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
363
364 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
365
366 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
367
368 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
369
370 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
371 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
372
373 static int scroll_step;
374
375 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
376 screen, when appropriate. */
377
378 static int scroll_conservatively;
379
380 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
381 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
382 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
383 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
384
385 int scroll_margin;
386
387 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
388 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
389 this. */
390
391 int buffer_shared;
392
393 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
394
395 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
396
397 /* Nonzero means display mode line highlighted. */
398
399 int mode_line_inverse_video;
400
401 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
402
403 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
404
405 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
406 of the line that contains the prompt. */
407
408 int minibuf_prompt_width;
409 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
410
411 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
412 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
413 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
414
415 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
416
417 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
418 pushes the current message and the value of
419 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
420 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
421
422 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
423
424 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
425 message was specified. */
426
427 int message_enable_multibyte;
428
429 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
430
431 int update_mode_lines;
432
433 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
434 redisplay that finished */
435
436 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
437
438 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
439 line number. */
440
441 int line_number_displayed;
442
443 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
444
445 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
446
447 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
448
449 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
450
451 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
452 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
453
454 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
455
456 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
457
458 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
459
460 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
461 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
462
463 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
464
465 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
466
467 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
468
469 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
470
471 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
472
473 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
474 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
475
476 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
477
478 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
479 message. */
480
481 int message_buf_print;
482
483 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
484 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
485 specifying a number of lines. */
486
487 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
488
489 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
490 lines instead of being continued. */
491
492 int message_truncate_lines;
493 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
494
495 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
496 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
497
498 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
499
500 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
501 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
502
503 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
504 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
505 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
506
507 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
508
509 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
510
511 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
512 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
513 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
514 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
515 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
516
517 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
518
519 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
520
521 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
522 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
523
524 int trace_redisplay_p;
525
526 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
527
528 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
529 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
530 int trace_move;
531
532 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
533 #else
534 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
535 #endif
536
537 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
538 point visible. */
539
540 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
541
542 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
543
544 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
545
546 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
547
548 enum prop_handled
549 {
550 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
551 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
552 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
553 HANDLED_RETURN
554 };
555
556 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
557 in. */
558
559 struct props
560 {
561 /* The name of the property. */
562 Lisp_Object *name;
563
564 /* A unique index for the property. */
565 enum prop_idx idx;
566
567 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
568 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
569 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
570 };
571
572 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
573 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
574 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
575 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
576 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
577 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
578
579 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
580
581 static struct props it_props[] =
582 {
583 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
584 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
585 `display' need to know the face. */
586 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
587 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
588 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
589 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
590 {NULL, 0, NULL}
591 };
592
593 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
594 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
595
596 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
597
598 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
599
600 enum move_it_result
601 {
602 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
603 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
604
605 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
606 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
607
608 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
609 MOVE_X_REACHED,
610
611 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
612 continued. */
613 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
614
615 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
616 be displayed truncated. */
617 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
618
619 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
620 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
621 };
622
623
624 \f
625 /* Function prototypes. */
626
627 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
628 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
629 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
630 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
631 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
632 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
633 struct text_pos));
634 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
635 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
636 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
637 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
638 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
639 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
640 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
641 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
642 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
643 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
644 struct glyph_row *,
645 struct glyph_row *));
646 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
647 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
648 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
649 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
650 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
651 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
652 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
653 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
654 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
655 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
656 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
657 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
658 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
659 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
660 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
661 struct text_pos));
662 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
663 static Lisp_Object eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
664 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
665 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
666 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
667 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
668 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
669 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
670 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
671 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
672 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
673 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
674 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
675 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
676 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
677 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
678 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
679 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
680 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
681 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
682 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
683 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
684 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
685 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
686 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
687 static void display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id,
688 Lisp_Object));
689 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
690 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
691 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
692 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
693 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
694 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
695 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
696 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
697 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
698 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
699 void set_iterator_to_next P_ ((struct it *));
700 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
701 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
702 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
704 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
705 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
706 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
707 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
708 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
709 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
710 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
711 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
712 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
713 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
714 struct display_pos *));
715 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
716 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
717 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
718 int, int, int));
719 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
720 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
721 struct glyph_row *));
722 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
723 struct glyph_row *));
724 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
725 static void forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
726 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
727 Lisp_Object, int));
728 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
729 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
730 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
731 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
732 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
733 Lisp_Object));
734 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
735 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
736 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
737 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
738
739 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
740 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
741
742 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
743
744 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
745 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
746 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
747 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
748
749 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
750
751 \f
752 /***********************************************************************
753 Window display dimensions
754 ***********************************************************************/
755
756 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
757 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
758 mode line, if any. */
759
760 INLINE int
761 window_text_bottom_y (w)
762 struct window *w;
763 {
764 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
765 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
766
767 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
768 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
769 return height;
770 }
771
772
773 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
774 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
775 the left and right of the window. */
776
777 INLINE int
778 window_box_width (w, area)
779 struct window *w;
780 int area;
781 {
782 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
783 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
784
785 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
786 {
787 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
788
789 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
790 {
791 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
792 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
793 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
794 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
795 }
796 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
797 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
798 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
799 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
800 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
801 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
802 }
803
804 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
805 }
806
807
808 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
809 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
810
811 INLINE int
812 window_box_height (w)
813 struct window *w;
814 {
815 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
816 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
817
818 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
819 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
820
821 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
822 height -= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
823
824 return height;
825 }
826
827
828 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
829 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
830 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
831 W. */
832
833 INLINE int
834 window_box_left (w, area)
835 struct window *w;
836 int area;
837 {
838 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
839 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
840
841 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
842 {
843 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
844 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
845
846 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
847 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
848 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
849 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
850 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
851 }
852
853 return x;
854 }
855
856
857 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
858 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
859 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
860 W. */
861
862 INLINE int
863 window_box_right (w, area)
864 struct window *w;
865 int area;
866 {
867 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
868 }
869
870
871 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
872 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
873 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
874 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
875 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
876 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
877
878 INLINE void
879 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
880 struct window *w;
881 int area;
882 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
883 {
884 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
885
886 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
887 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
888 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
889 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
890 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
891 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
892 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
893 }
894
895
896 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
897 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
898 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
899 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
900 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
901 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
902 box. */
903
904 INLINE void
905 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
906 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
907 struct window *w;
908 int area;
909 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
910 {
911 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
912 bottom_right_y);
913 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
914 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
915 }
916
917
918 \f
919 /***********************************************************************
920 Utilities
921 ***********************************************************************/
922
923 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
924 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
925 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
926 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
927 character. */
928
929 static INLINE int
930 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
931 unsigned char *str;
932 int maxlen, *len;
933 {
934 int c;
935
936 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
937 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
938 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
939 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
940 characters. */
941 c = '?';
942
943 return c;
944 }
945
946
947
948 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
949 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
950
951 static struct text_pos
952 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
953 struct text_pos pos;
954 Lisp_Object string;
955 int nchars;
956 {
957 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
958
959 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
960 {
961 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
962 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
963 int len;
964
965 while (nchars--)
966 {
967 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
968 p += len, rest -= len;
969 xassert (rest >= 0);
970 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
971 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
972 }
973 }
974 else
975 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
976
977 return pos;
978 }
979
980
981 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
982 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
983
984 static INLINE struct text_pos
985 string_pos (charpos, string)
986 int charpos;
987 Lisp_Object string;
988 {
989 struct text_pos pos;
990 xassert (STRINGP (string));
991 xassert (charpos >= 0);
992 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
993 return pos;
994 }
995
996
997 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
998 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
999 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1000
1001 static struct text_pos
1002 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1003 int charpos;
1004 unsigned char *s;
1005 int multibyte_p;
1006 {
1007 struct text_pos pos;
1008
1009 xassert (s != NULL);
1010 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1011
1012 if (multibyte_p)
1013 {
1014 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1015
1016 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1017 while (charpos--)
1018 {
1019 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1020 s += len, rest -= len;
1021 xassert (rest >= 0);
1022 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1023 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1024 }
1025 }
1026 else
1027 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1028
1029 return pos;
1030 }
1031
1032
1033 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1034 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1035
1036 static int
1037 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1038 unsigned char *s;
1039 int multibyte_p;
1040 {
1041 int nchars;
1042
1043 if (multibyte_p)
1044 {
1045 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1046 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1047
1048 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1049 {
1050 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1051 rest -= len, p += len;
1052 }
1053 }
1054 else
1055 nchars = strlen (s);
1056
1057 return nchars;
1058 }
1059
1060
1061 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1062 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1063 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1064
1065 static void
1066 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1067 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1068 Lisp_Object string;
1069 {
1070 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1071 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1072
1073 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1074 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1075 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1076 else
1077 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1078 }
1079
1080
1081 \f
1082 /***********************************************************************
1083 Lisp form evaluation
1084 ***********************************************************************/
1085
1086 /* Error handler for eval_form and call_function. */
1087
1088 static Lisp_Object
1089 eval_handler (arg)
1090 Lisp_Object arg;
1091 {
1092 return Qnil;
1093 }
1094
1095
1096 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1097 wrong. */
1098
1099 Lisp_Object
1100 eval_form (sexpr)
1101 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1102 {
1103 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
1104 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1105 Lisp_Object val;
1106
1107 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1108 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1109 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, eval_handler);
1110 UNGCPRO;
1111 return unbind_to (count, val);
1112 }
1113
1114
1115 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1116 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1117
1118 Lisp_Object
1119 call_function (nargs, args)
1120 int nargs;
1121 Lisp_Object *args;
1122 {
1123 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
1124 Lisp_Object val;
1125 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1126
1127 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1128 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1129 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1130 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1131 eval_handler);
1132 UNGCPRO;
1133 return unbind_to (count, val);
1134 }
1135
1136
1137 \f
1138 /***********************************************************************
1139 Debugging
1140 ***********************************************************************/
1141
1142 #if 0
1143
1144 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1145 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1146
1147 static void
1148 check_it (it)
1149 struct it *it;
1150 {
1151 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1152 {
1153 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1154 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1155 }
1156 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1157 {
1158 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1159 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1160 }
1161
1162 if (it->dpvec)
1163 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1164 else
1165 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1166 }
1167
1168 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1169
1170 #else /* not 0 */
1171
1172 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1173
1174 #endif /* not 0 */
1175
1176
1177 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1178
1179 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1180 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1181
1182 static void
1183 check_window_end (w)
1184 struct window *w;
1185 {
1186 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1187 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1188 {
1189 struct glyph_row *row;
1190 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1191 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1192 !row->enabled_p
1193 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1194 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1199
1200 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1201
1202 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1203
1204 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1205
1206
1207 \f
1208 /***********************************************************************
1209 Iterator initialization
1210 ***********************************************************************/
1211
1212 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1213 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1214 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1215 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1216 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1217
1218 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1219 will produce glyphs in that row.
1220
1221 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1222 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1223 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1224 displaying the tool-bar.
1225
1226 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1227 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1228 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1229
1230 void
1231 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1232 struct it *it;
1233 struct window *w;
1234 int charpos, bytepos;
1235 struct glyph_row *row;
1236 enum face_id base_face_id;
1237 {
1238 int highlight_region_p;
1239
1240 /* Some precondition checks. */
1241 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1242 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1243
1244 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1245 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1246 that might have changed. */
1247 if (face_change_count)
1248 {
1249 face_change_count = 0;
1250 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1251 }
1252
1253 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1254 appropriate. */
1255 if (row == NULL)
1256 {
1257 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1258 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1259 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1260 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1261 }
1262
1263 /* Clear IT. */
1264 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1265 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1266 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1267 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1268
1269 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1270 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1271 it->w = w;
1272 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1273
1274 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1275 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1276 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1277 {
1278 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1279 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1280 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1281 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1282 }
1283
1284 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1285 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. */
1286 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1287 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1288
1289 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1290 it->space_width = Qnil;
1291 it->font_height = Qnil;
1292
1293 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1294 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1295
1296 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1297 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1298 invisible. */
1299 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1300 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1301 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1302 ? -1 : 0));
1303 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1304 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1305
1306 /* Display table to use. */
1307 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1308
1309 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1310 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1311
1312 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1313 highlight_region_p
1314 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1315 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1316 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1317
1318 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1319 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1320 -1 to indicate no region. */
1321 if (highlight_region_p
1322 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1323 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1324 highlight_nonselected_windows
1325 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1326 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1327 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1328 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1329 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1330 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1331 {
1332 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1333 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1334 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1335 }
1336 else
1337 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1338
1339 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1340 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1341 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1342 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1343 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1344 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1345 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1346 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1347
1348 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1349 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1350 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1351 it->tab_width = 8;
1352
1353 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1354 it->truncate_lines_p
1355 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1356 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1357 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1358 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1359 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1360
1361 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1362 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1363 frames. */
1364 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1365 {
1366 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1367 {
1368 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1369 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1370 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1371 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1372 }
1373 else
1374 {
1375 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1376 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1377 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1378 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1379 }
1380
1381 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1382 above has changed them. */
1383 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1384 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1385 }
1386
1387 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1388 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1389 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1390 it->glyph_row = row;
1391 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1392
1393 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1394 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1395 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1396 start of this total display area. */
1397 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1398 {
1399 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1400 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1401 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1402 }
1403 else
1404 {
1405 it->first_visible_x
1406 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1407 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1408 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1409
1410 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1411 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1412 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1413 for window-based redisplay. */
1414 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1415 {
1416 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1417 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1418 else
1419 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1420 }
1421
1422 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1423 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1424 }
1425
1426 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1427 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1428 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1429 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1430
1431 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1432
1433 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1434 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1435 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1436 {
1437 struct face *face;
1438
1439 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1440
1441 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1442 with a left box line. */
1443 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1444 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1445 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1446 }
1447
1448 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1449 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1450 if (charpos > 0)
1451 {
1452 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1453 it->face_id = -1;
1454 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1455
1456 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1457 if (bytepos <= 0)
1458 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1459 else
1460 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1461
1462 /* Compute faces etc. */
1463 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1464 }
1465
1466 CHECK_IT (it);
1467 }
1468
1469
1470 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1471
1472 void
1473 start_display (it, w, pos)
1474 struct it *it;
1475 struct window *w;
1476 struct text_pos pos;
1477 {
1478 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1479 struct glyph_row *row;
1480 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1481 int first_y;
1482
1483 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1484 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1485 first_y = it->current_y;
1486
1487 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1488 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1489 account. */
1490 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1491 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1492 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1493 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1494
1495 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1496 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1497 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1498 {
1499 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1500
1501 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1502 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1503 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1504 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1505 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1506 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1507 {
1508 if (it->current_x > 0)
1509 {
1510 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1511 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1512 {
1513 set_iterator_to_next (it);
1514 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1515 }
1516
1517 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1518 }
1519
1520 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1521 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1522 fields in the iterator structure. */
1523 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1524 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1525 }
1526
1527 it->current_y = first_y;
1528 it->vpos = 0;
1529 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1530 }
1531
1532 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1533 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1534 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1535
1536 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1537 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1538 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1539 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1540 #endif /* 0 */
1541 }
1542
1543
1544 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1545 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1546 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1547
1548 static void
1549 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1550 struct it *it;
1551 struct window *w;
1552 struct display_pos *pos;
1553 {
1554 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1555 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1556 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1557 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1558 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1559 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1560 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1561 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1562 after-string. */
1563 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1564 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1565
1566 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1567 the right overlay string. */
1568 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1569 {
1570 int relative_index;
1571
1572 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1573 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1574 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1575 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1576 {
1577 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1578 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1579 while (n--)
1580 {
1581 load_overlay_strings (it);
1582 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1583 }
1584 }
1585
1586 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1587 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1588 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1589 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1590 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1591 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1592 }
1593 else if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1594 {
1595 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1596 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1597 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1598 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1599 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1600 }
1601
1602 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1603 character translations. */
1604 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1605 {
1606 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1607 get_next_display_element (it);
1608 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1609 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1610 }
1611
1612 CHECK_IT (it);
1613 }
1614
1615
1616 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1617 starting at ROW->start. */
1618
1619 static void
1620 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1621 struct it *it;
1622 struct window *w;
1623 struct glyph_row *row;
1624 {
1625 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1626 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1627 CHECK_IT (it);
1628 }
1629
1630
1631 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1632 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1633
1634 static void
1635 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1636 struct it *it;
1637 struct window *w;
1638 struct glyph_row *row;
1639 {
1640 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1641
1642 if (row->continued_p)
1643 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1644 + row->pixel_width);
1645 CHECK_IT (it);
1646 }
1647
1648
1649
1650 \f
1651 /***********************************************************************
1652 Text properties
1653 ***********************************************************************/
1654
1655 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1656 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1657 to stop. */
1658
1659 static void
1660 handle_stop (it)
1661 struct it *it;
1662 {
1663 enum prop_handled handled;
1664 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1665 struct props *p;
1666
1667 it->dpvec = NULL;
1668 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1669 it->add_overlay_start = 0;
1670
1671 do
1672 {
1673 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1674
1675 /* Call text property handlers. */
1676 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1677 {
1678 handled = p->handler (it);
1679
1680 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1681 break;
1682 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1683 return;
1684 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1685 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1686 }
1687
1688 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1689 {
1690 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1691 characters from a display vector. */
1692 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1693 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1694
1695 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1696 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1697 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1698
1699 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1700 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1701 compute_stop_pos (it);
1702 }
1703 }
1704 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1705 }
1706
1707
1708 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1709 information for IT's current position. */
1710
1711 static void
1712 compute_stop_pos (it)
1713 struct it *it;
1714 {
1715 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1716 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1717
1718 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1719 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1720
1721 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1722 {
1723 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1724 properties. */
1725 object = it->string;
1726 limit = Qnil;
1727 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1728 }
1729 else
1730 {
1731 int charpos;
1732
1733 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1734 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1735 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1736 follows. */
1737 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1738 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1739 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1740
1741 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1742 start or end because the face might change there. */
1743 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1744 {
1745 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1746 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1747 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1748 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1749 }
1750
1751 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1752 property changes. */
1753 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1754 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1755 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1756
1757 }
1758
1759 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1760 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1761 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1762 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1763 {
1764 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1765 struct props *p;
1766
1767 /* Get properties here. */
1768 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1769 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1770
1771 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1772 properties. */
1773 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1774 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1775 && (NILP (limit)
1776 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1777 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1778 {
1779 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1780 {
1781 Lisp_Object new_value;
1782
1783 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1784 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1785 break;
1786 }
1787
1788 if (p->handler)
1789 break;
1790 }
1791
1792 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1793 {
1794 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1795 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1796 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1797 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1798 else
1799 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1800 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1801 }
1802 }
1803
1804 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1805 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1806 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1807 }
1808
1809
1810 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1811 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1812 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1813 xmalloc. */
1814
1815 static int
1816 next_overlay_change (pos)
1817 int pos;
1818 {
1819 int noverlays;
1820 int endpos;
1821 Lisp_Object *overlays;
1822 int len;
1823 int i;
1824
1825 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
1826 len = 10;
1827 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1828 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
1829 if (noverlays > len)
1830 {
1831 len = noverlays;
1832 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1833 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
1834 }
1835
1836 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
1837 use its ending point instead. */
1838 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
1839 {
1840 Lisp_Object oend;
1841 int oendpos;
1842
1843 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
1844 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
1845 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
1846 }
1847
1848 return endpos;
1849 }
1850
1851
1852 \f
1853 /***********************************************************************
1854 Fontification
1855 ***********************************************************************/
1856
1857 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
1858 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
1859 regions of text. */
1860
1861 static enum prop_handled
1862 handle_fontified_prop (it)
1863 struct it *it;
1864 {
1865 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
1866 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1867
1868 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
1869 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
1870 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
1871 Qfontification_functions. */
1872 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
1873 && it->s == NULL
1874 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
1875 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
1876 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
1877 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
1878 NILP (prop)))
1879 {
1880 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
1881 Lisp_Object val;
1882
1883 val = Vfontification_functions;
1884 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
1885 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
1886
1887 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
1888 call1 (val, pos);
1889 else
1890 {
1891 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
1892 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
1893
1894 globals = Qnil;
1895 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
1896
1897 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
1898 {
1899 fn = XCAR (val);
1900
1901 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
1902 {
1903 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
1904 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
1905 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
1906 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
1907 loop. */
1908 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
1909 CONSP (globals);
1910 globals = XCDR (globals))
1911 {
1912 fn = XCAR (globals);
1913 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
1914 call1 (fn, pos);
1915 }
1916 }
1917 else
1918 call1 (fn, pos);
1919 }
1920
1921 UNGCPRO;
1922 }
1923
1924 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
1925
1926 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
1927 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
1928 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
1929 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
1930 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
1931 }
1932
1933 return handled;
1934 }
1935
1936
1937 \f
1938 /***********************************************************************
1939 Faces
1940 ***********************************************************************/
1941
1942 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
1943 Called from handle_stop. */
1944
1945 static enum prop_handled
1946 handle_face_prop (it)
1947 struct it *it;
1948 {
1949 int new_face_id, next_stop;
1950
1951 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
1952 {
1953 new_face_id
1954 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1955 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
1956 it->region_beg_charpos,
1957 it->region_end_charpos,
1958 &next_stop,
1959 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1960 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
1961 0);
1962
1963 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
1964 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
1965 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
1966 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
1967 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
1968 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
1969 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1970 {
1971 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1972
1973 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
1974 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
1975 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
1976 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
1977 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
1978 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
1979 it->start_of_box_run_p
1980 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1981 && (it->face_id >= 0
1982 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
1983 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
1984 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1985 }
1986 }
1987 else
1988 {
1989 new_face_id
1990 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1991 it->string,
1992 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
1993 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1994 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1995 : 0),
1996 it->region_beg_charpos,
1997 it->region_end_charpos,
1998 &next_stop,
1999 it->base_face_id);
2000
2001 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2002 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2003 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2004 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2005 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2006 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2007 #endif
2008
2009 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2010 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2011 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2012 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2013 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2014 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2015 is really the end. */
2016 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2017 {
2018 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2019 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2020
2021 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2022 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2023 shadow on the left side. */
2024 it->start_of_box_run_p
2025 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2026 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2027 }
2028 }
2029
2030 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2031 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2032 }
2033
2034
2035 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2036 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2037 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2038
2039 static int
2040 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2041 struct it *it;
2042 int before_p;
2043 {
2044 int face_id, limit;
2045 int next_check_charpos;
2046 struct text_pos pos;
2047
2048 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2049
2050 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2051 {
2052 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2053 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2054 string start. */
2055 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2056 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2057 return it->face_id;
2058
2059 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2060 if (before_p)
2061 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2062 else
2063 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2064 composition. */
2065 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2066 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2067 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2068
2069 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2070 face_id
2071 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2072 it->string,
2073 CHARPOS (pos),
2074 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
2075 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2076 : 0),
2077 it->region_beg_charpos,
2078 it->region_end_charpos,
2079 &next_check_charpos,
2080 it->base_face_id);
2081
2082 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2083 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2084 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2085 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2086 {
2087 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2088 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2089 int c, len;
2090 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2091
2092 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2093 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2094 }
2095 }
2096 else
2097 {
2098 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2099 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2100 return it->face_id;
2101
2102 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2103 pos = it->current.pos;
2104
2105 if (before_p)
2106 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2107 else
2108 {
2109 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2110 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2111 composition. */
2112 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2113 else
2114 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2115 }
2116 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2117 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2118 CHARPOS (pos),
2119 it->region_beg_charpos,
2120 it->region_end_charpos,
2121 &next_check_charpos,
2122 limit, 0);
2123
2124 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2125 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2126 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2127 if (it->multibyte_p)
2128 {
2129 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2130 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2131 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2132 }
2133 }
2134
2135 return face_id;
2136 }
2137
2138
2139 \f
2140 /***********************************************************************
2141 Invisible text
2142 ***********************************************************************/
2143
2144 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2145 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2146
2147 static enum prop_handled
2148 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2149 struct it *it;
2150 {
2151 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2152
2153 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2154 {
2155 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2156 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2157
2158 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2159 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2160 property. */
2161 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2162 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2163
2164 if (!NILP (prop)
2165 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2166 {
2167 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2168
2169 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2170 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2171 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2172 all the rest of IT->string. */
2173 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2174 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2175 it->string, limit);
2176
2177 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2178 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2179 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2180 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2181 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2182 {
2183 struct text_pos old;
2184 old = it->current.string_pos;
2185 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2186 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2187 }
2188 else
2189 {
2190 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2191 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2192 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2193 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2194 {
2195 next_overlay_string (it);
2196 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2197 finished processing them. */
2198 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2199 }
2200 else
2201 {
2202 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2203 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2204 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2205 }
2206 }
2207 }
2208 }
2209 else
2210 {
2211 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2212 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2213
2214 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2215 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2216 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2217
2218 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2219 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2220 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2221 {
2222 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2223 invisible text. */
2224 int display_ellipsis_p
2225 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2226
2227 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2228 it->add_overlay_start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2229
2230 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2231 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2232 do
2233 {
2234 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2235 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2236 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2237 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2238 invisible property. */
2239 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2240 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2241
2242 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2243 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2244 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2245 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2246 visible_p = 1;
2247 else
2248 {
2249 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2250 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2251 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2252 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2253 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2254 newpos is visible. */
2255 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2256 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2257 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2258 }
2259
2260 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2261 skip starting with next_stop. */
2262 if (!visible_p)
2263 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2264 }
2265 while (!visible_p);
2266
2267 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2268 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2269 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2270
2271 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2272 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2273 {
2274 if (it->dp
2275 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2276 {
2277 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2278 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2279 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2280 }
2281 else
2282 {
2283 /* Default `...'. */
2284 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2285 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2286 }
2287
2288 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2289 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2290 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2291 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2292
2293 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2294 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2295 }
2296 }
2297 }
2298
2299 return handled;
2300 }
2301
2302
2303 \f
2304 /***********************************************************************
2305 'display' property
2306 ***********************************************************************/
2307
2308 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2309 Called from handle_stop. */
2310
2311 static enum prop_handled
2312 handle_display_prop (it)
2313 struct it *it;
2314 {
2315 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2316 struct text_pos *position;
2317 int space_or_image_found_p;
2318
2319 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2320 {
2321 object = it->string;
2322 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2323 }
2324 else
2325 {
2326 object = Qnil;
2327 position = &it->current.pos;
2328 }
2329
2330 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2331 it->font_height = Qnil;
2332 it->space_width = Qnil;
2333 it->voffset = 0;
2334
2335 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2336 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2337 `display' property etc. */
2338 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2339 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2340
2341 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2342 Qdisplay, object);
2343 if (NILP (prop))
2344 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2345
2346 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2347 if (CONSP (prop)
2348 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2349 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2350 {
2351 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2352 while (CONSP (prop))
2353 {
2354 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2355 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2356 prop = XCDR (prop);
2357 }
2358 }
2359 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2360 {
2361 int i;
2362 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2363 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2364 object, position))
2365 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2366 }
2367 else
2368 {
2369 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2370 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2371 }
2372
2373 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2374 }
2375
2376
2377 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2378 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2379
2380 static struct text_pos
2381 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2382 struct it *it;
2383 Lisp_Object object;
2384 struct text_pos start_pos;
2385 {
2386 Lisp_Object end;
2387 struct text_pos end_pos;
2388
2389 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2390 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2391 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2392 if (STRINGP (object))
2393 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2394 else
2395 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2396
2397 return end_pos;
2398 }
2399
2400
2401 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2402 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2403 is the position at which it was found.
2404
2405 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2406 end position of the `display' property.
2407
2408 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2409
2410 static int
2411 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2412 struct it *it;
2413 Lisp_Object prop;
2414 Lisp_Object object;
2415 struct text_pos *position;
2416 {
2417 Lisp_Object value;
2418 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2419 Lisp_Object form;
2420
2421 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2422 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2423 form = Qt;
2424 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2425 {
2426 prop = XCDR (prop);
2427 if (!CONSP (prop))
2428 return 0;
2429 form = XCAR (prop);
2430 prop = XCDR (prop);
2431 }
2432
2433 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2434 {
2435 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2436 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2437
2438 GCPRO1 (form);
2439 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2440
2441 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2442 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2443 if (BUFFERP (object))
2444 {
2445 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2446 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2447 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2448 }
2449
2450 form = eval_form (form);
2451
2452 if (BUFFERP (object))
2453 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2454 UNGCPRO;
2455 }
2456
2457 if (NILP (form))
2458 return 0;
2459
2460 if (CONSP (prop)
2461 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2462 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2463 {
2464 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2465 return 0;
2466
2467 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2468 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2469 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2470 {
2471 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2472 int new_height = -1;
2473
2474 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2475 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2476 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2477 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2478 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2479 {
2480 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2481 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2482 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2483 steps = - steps;
2484 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2485 }
2486 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2487 {
2488 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2489 Value is the new height. */
2490 Lisp_Object args[2], height;
2491
2492 args[0] = it->font_height;
2493 args[1] = face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX];
2494 height = call_function (2, args);
2495
2496 if (NUMBERP (height))
2497 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2498 }
2499 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2500 {
2501 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2502 struct face *face;
2503
2504 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2505 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2506 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2507 }
2508 else
2509 {
2510 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2511 current specified height to get the new height. */
2512 Lisp_Object value;
2513 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
2514
2515 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2516 value = eval_form (it->font_height);
2517 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2518
2519 if (NUMBERP (value))
2520 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2521 }
2522
2523 if (new_height > 0)
2524 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2525 }
2526 }
2527 else if (CONSP (prop)
2528 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2529 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2530 {
2531 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2532 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2533 return 0;
2534
2535 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2536 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2537 it->space_width = value;
2538 }
2539 else if (CONSP (prop)
2540 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2541 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2542 {
2543 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2544 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2545 return 0;
2546
2547 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2548 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2549 if (NUMBERP (value))
2550 {
2551 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2552 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2553 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2554 }
2555 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2556 }
2557 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2558 {
2559 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2560 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2561 Lisp_Object location, value;
2562 struct text_pos start_pos;
2563 int valid_p;
2564
2565 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2566 we have to find the end of the property. */
2567 start_pos = *position;
2568 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2569 value = Qnil;
2570
2571 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2572 text properties change there. */
2573 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2574
2575 location = Qunbound;
2576 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2577 {
2578 Lisp_Object tem;
2579
2580 value = XCDR (prop);
2581 if (CONSP (value))
2582 value = XCAR (value);
2583
2584 tem = XCAR (prop);
2585 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2586 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2587 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2588 (NILP (tem)
2589 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2590 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2591 location = tem;
2592 }
2593
2594 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2595 {
2596 location = Qnil;
2597 value = prop;
2598 }
2599
2600 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2601 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2602 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2603 else
2604 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2605 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2606 || valid_image_p (value));
2607 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2608 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2609 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2610
2611 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2612 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2613 || NILP (location))
2614 && valid_p)
2615 {
2616 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2617
2618 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2619 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2620 push_it (it);
2621
2622 if (NILP (location))
2623 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2624 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2625 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2626 else
2627 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2628
2629 if (STRINGP (value))
2630 {
2631 it->string = value;
2632 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2633 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2634 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2635 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2636 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2637 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2638 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2639 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2640 }
2641 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2642 {
2643 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2644 it->object = value;
2645 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2646 }
2647 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2648 else
2649 {
2650 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2651 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2652 it->position = start_pos;
2653 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2654 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2655
2656 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2657 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2658 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2659 *position = start_pos;
2660 }
2661 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2662 }
2663 else
2664 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2665 the position to what it was before. */
2666 *position = start_pos;
2667 }
2668
2669 return space_or_image_found_p;
2670 }
2671
2672
2673 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2674 treated as intangible. */
2675
2676 static int
2677 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2678 Lisp_Object prop;
2679 {
2680 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2681 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2682 {
2683 prop = XCDR (prop);
2684 if (!CONSP (prop))
2685 return 0;
2686 prop = XCDR (prop);
2687 }
2688
2689 if (!CONSP (prop))
2690 return 0;
2691
2692 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2693 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2694 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2695 {
2696 prop = XCDR (prop);
2697 if (!CONSP (prop))
2698 return 0;
2699
2700 prop = XCDR (prop);
2701 if (!CONSP (prop)
2702 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2703 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2704 return 0;
2705 }
2706
2707 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2708 }
2709
2710
2711 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2712 treated as intangible. */
2713
2714 int
2715 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2716 Lisp_Object prop;
2717 {
2718 if (CONSP (prop)
2719 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2720 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2721 {
2722 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2723 while (CONSP (prop))
2724 {
2725 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2726 return 1;
2727 prop = XCDR (prop);
2728 }
2729 }
2730 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2731 {
2732 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2733 int i;
2734 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2735 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2736 return 1;
2737 }
2738 else
2739 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2740
2741 return 0;
2742 }
2743
2744 \f
2745 /***********************************************************************
2746 `composition' property
2747 ***********************************************************************/
2748
2749 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2750 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2751
2752 static enum prop_handled
2753 handle_composition_prop (it)
2754 struct it *it;
2755 {
2756 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2757 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2758 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2759
2760 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2761 {
2762 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2763 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2764 string = it->string;
2765 }
2766 else
2767 {
2768 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2769 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2770 string = Qnil;
2771 }
2772
2773 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
2774 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
2775 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
2776 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
2777 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
2778 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
2779 {
2780 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
2781
2782 if (id >= 0)
2783 {
2784 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
2785 it->cmp_id = id;
2786 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
2787 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
2788 components. */
2789 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
2790 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
2791 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
2792 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
2793 it->stop_charpos = end;
2794 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
2795 }
2796 }
2797
2798 return handled;
2799 }
2800
2801
2802 \f
2803 /***********************************************************************
2804 Overlay strings
2805 ***********************************************************************/
2806
2807 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
2808 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
2809
2810 struct overlay_entry
2811 {
2812 Lisp_Object overlay;
2813 Lisp_Object string;
2814 int priority;
2815 int after_string_p;
2816 };
2817
2818
2819 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
2820 Called from handle_stop. */
2821
2822 static enum prop_handled
2823 handle_overlay_change (it)
2824 struct it *it;
2825 {
2826 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
2827 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2828 else
2829 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2830 }
2831
2832
2833 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
2834 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
2835 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
2836 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
2837 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
2838 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
2839
2840 static void
2841 next_overlay_string (it)
2842 struct it *it;
2843 {
2844 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
2845 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
2846 {
2847 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
2848 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
2849 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
2850 pop_it (it);
2851 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2852 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
2853 it->string = Qnil;
2854 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2855 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
2856 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
2857 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2858
2859 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
2860 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
2861 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
2862 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
2863 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
2864 }
2865 else
2866 {
2867 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
2868 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
2869 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
2870 it. */
2871 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
2872
2873 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
2874 load_overlay_strings (it);
2875
2876 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
2877 string. */
2878 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
2879 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2880 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
2881 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2882 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2883 }
2884
2885 CHECK_IT (it);
2886 }
2887
2888
2889 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
2890 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
2891 strings for the same position are sorted so that
2892
2893 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
2894 when they come from the same overlay.
2895
2896 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
2897 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
2898
2899 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
2900 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
2901
2902 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
2903
2904
2905 static int
2906 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
2907 void *e1, *e2;
2908 {
2909 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
2910 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
2911 int result;
2912
2913 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
2914 {
2915 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
2916 they come from different overlays. */
2917 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
2918 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
2919 else
2920 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
2921 }
2922 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
2923 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
2924 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
2925 else
2926 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
2927 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
2928
2929 return result;
2930 }
2931
2932
2933 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
2934 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
2935 overlay strings found.
2936
2937 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
2938 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
2939 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
2940 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
2941 function.
2942
2943 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
2944 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
2945 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
2946 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
2947 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
2948 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
2949 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
2950 in this case.
2951
2952 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
2953 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
2954 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
2955 compare_overlay_entries. */
2956
2957 static void
2958 load_overlay_strings (it)
2959 struct it *it;
2960 {
2961 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
2962 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str;
2963 int start, end;
2964 int size = 20;
2965 int n = 0, i, j;
2966 struct overlay_entry *entries
2967 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
2968
2969 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
2970 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
2971 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
2972 OVERLAY. */
2973 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
2974 do \
2975 { \
2976 Lisp_Object priority; \
2977 \
2978 if (n == size) \
2979 { \
2980 int new_size = 2 * size; \
2981 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
2982 entries = \
2983 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
2984 * sizeof *entries); \
2985 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
2986 size = new_size; \
2987 } \
2988 \
2989 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
2990 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
2991 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
2992 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
2993 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
2994 ++n; \
2995 } \
2996 while (0)
2997
2998 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
2999 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3000 {
3001 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3002 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3003 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3004 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3005
3006 if (end < IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3007 break;
3008
3009 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3010 position. */
3011 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it)
3012 && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it)
3013 && it->add_overlay_start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3014 continue;
3015
3016 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3017 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3018 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3019 continue;
3020
3021 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3022 if ((start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
3023 || start == it->add_overlay_start)
3024 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3025 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3026 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3027
3028 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3029 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
3030 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3031 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3032 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3033 }
3034
3035 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3036 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3037 {
3038 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3039 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3040 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3041 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3042
3043 if (start > IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3044 break;
3045
3046 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3047 position. */
3048 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it)
3049 && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it)
3050 && it->add_overlay_start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3051 continue;
3052
3053 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3054 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3055 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3056 continue;
3057
3058 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3059 if ((start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
3060 || start == it->add_overlay_start)
3061 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3062 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3063 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3064
3065 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3066 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
3067 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3068 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3069 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3070 }
3071
3072 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3073
3074 /* Sort entries. */
3075 if (n)
3076 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3077
3078 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3079 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3080
3081 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3082 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3083 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3084 i = 0;
3085 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3086 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3087 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3088
3089 CHECK_IT (it);
3090 }
3091
3092
3093 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3094 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3095 found. */
3096
3097 static int
3098 get_overlay_strings (it)
3099 struct it *it;
3100 {
3101 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3102 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3103 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3104 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3105 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3106 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3107 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3108 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3109 load_overlay_strings (it);
3110
3111 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3112 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3113 from current_buffer. */
3114 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3115 {
3116 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3117 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3118 strings. */
3119 compute_stop_pos (it);
3120 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3121
3122 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3123 strings have been processed. */
3124 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3125 push_it (it);
3126
3127 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3128 string. */
3129 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3130 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3131 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3132 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3133 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3134 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3135 }
3136 else
3137 {
3138 it->string = Qnil;
3139 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3140 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3141 }
3142
3143 CHECK_IT (it);
3144
3145 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3146 return STRINGP (it->string);
3147 }
3148
3149
3150 \f
3151 /***********************************************************************
3152 Saving and restoring state
3153 ***********************************************************************/
3154
3155 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3156 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3157 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3158 processed. */
3159
3160 static void
3161 push_it (it)
3162 struct it *it;
3163 {
3164 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3165
3166 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3167 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3168
3169 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3170 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3171 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3172 p->string = it->string;
3173 p->pos = it->current;
3174 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3175 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3176 p->area = it->area;
3177 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3178 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3179 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3180 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3181 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3182 ++it->sp;
3183 }
3184
3185
3186 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3187 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3188 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3189 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3190 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3191
3192 static void
3193 pop_it (it)
3194 struct it *it;
3195 {
3196 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3197
3198 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3199 --it->sp;
3200 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3201 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3202 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3203 it->string = p->string;
3204 it->current = p->pos;
3205 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3206 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3207 it->area = p->area;
3208 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3209 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3210 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3211 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3212 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3213 }
3214
3215
3216 \f
3217 /***********************************************************************
3218 Moving over lines
3219 ***********************************************************************/
3220
3221 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3222
3223 static void
3224 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3225 struct it *it;
3226 {
3227 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3228 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3229 }
3230
3231
3232 /* Set IT's current position to the next line start. */
3233
3234 static void
3235 forward_to_next_line_start (it)
3236 struct it *it;
3237 {
3238 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it), 1);
3239 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3240 }
3241
3242
3243 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3244 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3245 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3246 IT->hpos. */
3247
3248 static void
3249 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3250 struct it *it;
3251 {
3252 int visible_p = 0;
3253
3254 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3255 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3256 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3257
3258 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3259 or text properties. */
3260 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3261 && !visible_p)
3262 {
3263 visible_p = 1;
3264
3265 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3266 are invisible. */
3267 if (it->selective > 0
3268 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3269 it->selective))
3270 visible_p = 0;
3271 else
3272 {
3273 Lisp_Object prop;
3274
3275 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3276 Qinvisible, it->window);
3277 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3278 visible_p = 0;
3279 }
3280
3281 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3282 if (!visible_p)
3283 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3284 }
3285
3286 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3287 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3288 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3289 CHECK_IT (it);
3290 }
3291
3292
3293 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3294 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3295 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3296 face information etc. */
3297
3298 static void
3299 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3300 struct it *it;
3301 {
3302 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3303 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3304 CHECK_IT (it);
3305 }
3306
3307
3308 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3309 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3310 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3311 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3312 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3313 is invisible because of text properties. */
3314
3315 static void
3316 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3317 struct it *it;
3318 int on_newline_p;
3319 {
3320 /* Restore the buffer position when currently not delivering display
3321 elements from the current buffer. This is the case, for example,
3322 when called at the end of a truncated overlay string. */
3323 while (it->sp)
3324 pop_it (it);
3325 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3326
3327 /* Otherwise, scan_buffer would not work. */
3328 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
3329 {
3330 /* If on a newline, advance past it. Otherwise, find the next
3331 newline which automatically gives us the position following
3332 the newline. */
3333 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)) == '\n')
3334 {
3335 ++IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3336 ++IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3337 }
3338 else
3339 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3340
3341 /* We must either have reached the end of the buffer or end up
3342 after a newline. */
3343 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
3344 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3345
3346 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3347 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3348 if (it->selective > 0)
3349 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3350 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3351 it->selective))
3352 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3353
3354 /* Position on the newline if we should. */
3355 if (on_newline_p
3356 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3357 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n')
3358 {
3359 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3360 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3361 }
3362
3363 /* Set the iterator there. The 0 as the last parameter of
3364 reseat means don't force a text property lookup. The lookup
3365 is then only done if we've skipped past the iterator's
3366 check_charpos'es. This optimization is important because
3367 text property lookups tend to be expensive. */
3368 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3369 }
3370
3371 CHECK_IT (it);
3372 }
3373
3374
3375 \f
3376 /***********************************************************************
3377 Changing an iterator's position
3378 ***********************************************************************/
3379
3380 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3381 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3382 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3383 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3384
3385 static void
3386 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3387 struct it *it;
3388 struct text_pos pos;
3389 int force_p;
3390 {
3391 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3392
3393 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3394
3395 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3396 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3397 if (force_p
3398 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3399 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3400 handle_stop (it);
3401
3402 CHECK_IT (it);
3403 }
3404
3405
3406 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3407 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3408
3409 static void
3410 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3411 struct it *it;
3412 struct text_pos pos;
3413 int set_stop_p;
3414 {
3415 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3416 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3417
3418 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3419 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3420
3421 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3422 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3423 it->dpvec = NULL;
3424 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3425 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3426 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3427 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3428 it->string = Qnil;
3429 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3430 it->sp = 0;
3431
3432 if (set_stop_p)
3433 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3434 }
3435
3436
3437 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3438 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3439 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3440
3441 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3442 characters from the string.
3443
3444 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3445 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3446 field width.
3447
3448 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3449 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3450 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3451
3452 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3453 calling this function. */
3454
3455 static void
3456 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3457 struct it *it;
3458 unsigned char *s;
3459 Lisp_Object string;
3460 int charpos;
3461 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3462 {
3463 /* No region in strings. */
3464 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3465
3466 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3467 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3468
3469 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3470 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3471 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3472 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3473 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3474
3475 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3476 if (multibyte >= 0)
3477 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3478
3479 if (s == NULL)
3480 {
3481 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3482 it->string = string;
3483 it->s = NULL;
3484 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3485 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3486 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3487 }
3488 else
3489 {
3490 it->s = s;
3491 it->string = Qnil;
3492
3493 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3494 for displaying C strings. */
3495 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3496 if (it->multibyte_p)
3497 {
3498 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3499 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3500 }
3501 else
3502 {
3503 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3504 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3505 }
3506
3507 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3508 }
3509
3510 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3511 from the string. */
3512 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3513 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3514
3515 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3516 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3517 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3518 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3519 if (field_width < 0)
3520 field_width = INFINITY;
3521 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3522 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3523
3524 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3525 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3526 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3527
3528 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3529 CHECK_IT (it);
3530 }
3531
3532
3533 \f
3534 /***********************************************************************
3535 Iteration
3536 ***********************************************************************/
3537
3538 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3539 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3540 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3541
3542 int
3543 get_next_display_element (it)
3544 struct it *it;
3545 {
3546 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3547 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3548 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3549 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3550 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3551
3552 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3553 {
3554 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3555 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3556 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3557 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3558 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3559 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3560 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3561 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3562 it? */
3563 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3564 {
3565 Lisp_Object dv;
3566
3567 if (it->dp
3568 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3569 VECTORP (dv)))
3570 {
3571 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3572
3573 /* Return the first character from the display table
3574 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3575 current character. */
3576 if (v->size)
3577 {
3578 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3579 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3580 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3581 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3582 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3583 }
3584
3585 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3586 }
3587
3588 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3589 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3590 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3591 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3592 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3593
3594 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3595 octal form. */
3596 else if ((it->c < ' '
3597 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3598 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3599 || (it->c >= 127
3600 && it->len == 1)
3601 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3602 {
3603 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3604 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3605 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3606 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3607 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3608 GLYPH g;
3609
3610 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3611 {
3612 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3613 if (it->dp
3614 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3615 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3616 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3617 else
3618 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3619 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3620
3621 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3622 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3623
3624 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3625 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3626 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3627 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3628 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3629 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3630 get_next_display_element (it);
3631 }
3632 else
3633 {
3634 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3635 int len;
3636 int i;
3637 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3638
3639 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3640 if (it->dp
3641 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3642 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3643 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3644 else
3645 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3646
3647 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3648 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3649 else
3650 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3651
3652 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3653 {
3654 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3655 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3656 the octal display of the character. */
3657 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3658 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3659 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3660 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3661 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3662 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3663 }
3664
3665 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3666 from it. */
3667 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3668 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3669 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3670 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3671 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3672 get_next_display_element (it);
3673 }
3674 }
3675 }
3676
3677 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3678 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3679 if (it->multibyte_p
3680 && success_p
3681 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3682 {
3683 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3684 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3685 }
3686 }
3687
3688 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3689 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3690 if (it->face_box_p
3691 && it->s == NULL)
3692 {
3693 int face_id;
3694 struct face *face;
3695
3696 it->end_of_box_run_p
3697 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3698 face_id != it->face_id)
3699 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3700 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3701 }
3702
3703 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3704 return success_p;
3705 }
3706
3707
3708 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3709
3710 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
3711 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
3712 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
3713 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
3714 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
3715 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
3716 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
3717 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
3718 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
3719
3720 void
3721 set_iterator_to_next (it)
3722 struct it *it;
3723 {
3724 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
3725 {
3726 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
3727 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
3728 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
3729 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
3730 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
3731 else
3732 {
3733 xassert (it->len != 0);
3734 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3735 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3736 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
3737 }
3738 }
3739 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
3740 {
3741 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
3742 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3743 {
3744 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3745 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
3746 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3747 goto consider_string_end;
3748 }
3749 else
3750 {
3751 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3752 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
3753 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3754 }
3755 }
3756 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
3757 {
3758 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
3759 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3760 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3761 }
3762 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
3763 {
3764 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
3765 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
3766 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
3767 strings. */
3768 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
3769
3770 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
3771 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
3772 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
3773
3774 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
3775 {
3776 if (it->s)
3777 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3778 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
3779 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3780 else
3781 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3782
3783 it->dpvec = NULL;
3784 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3785
3786 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
3787 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
3788 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
3789 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
3790 {
3791 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
3792 set_iterator_to_next (it);
3793 }
3794 }
3795 }
3796 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
3797 {
3798 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
3799 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
3800 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3801 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3802
3803 consider_string_end:
3804
3805 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3806 {
3807 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
3808 next, if there is one. */
3809 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3810 next_overlay_string (it);
3811 }
3812 else
3813 {
3814 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
3815 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
3816 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
3817 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
3818 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
3819 && it->sp > 0)
3820 {
3821 pop_it (it);
3822 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3823 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3824 }
3825 }
3826 }
3827 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
3828 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
3829 {
3830 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
3831 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
3832 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
3833 pop_it (it);
3834 it->image_id = 0;
3835 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3836 {
3837 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3838 goto consider_string_end;
3839 }
3840 else
3841 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3842 }
3843 else
3844 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
3845 abort ();
3846
3847 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of
3848 characters with box. */
3849 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
3850
3851 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
3852 || (STRINGP (it->string)
3853 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
3854 }
3855
3856
3857 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3858 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
3859 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
3860 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
3861
3862 static int
3863 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
3864 struct it *it;
3865 {
3866 /* Precondition. */
3867 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
3868
3869 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3870 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
3871 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
3872
3873 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
3874 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
3875 {
3876 int lface_id;
3877 GLYPH g;
3878
3879 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
3880 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
3881 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
3882
3883 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
3884 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
3885 zero means no face is specified. */
3886 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
3887 if (lface_id)
3888 {
3889 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
3890 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
3891 if (face_id >= 0)
3892 it->face_id = face_id;
3893 }
3894 }
3895 else
3896 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
3897 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3898
3899 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
3900 still the values of the character that had this display table
3901 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
3902 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3903 return 1;
3904 }
3905
3906
3907 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
3908 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
3909 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
3910 overlay string. */
3911
3912 static int
3913 next_element_from_string (it)
3914 struct it *it;
3915 {
3916 struct text_pos position;
3917
3918 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3919 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
3920 position = it->current.string_pos;
3921
3922 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
3923 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
3924 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
3925 {
3926 handle_stop (it);
3927
3928 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
3929 recurse here. */
3930 return get_next_display_element (it);
3931 }
3932
3933 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3934 {
3935 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
3936 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
3937 do. */
3938 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3939 {
3940 it->what = IT_EOB;
3941 return 0;
3942 }
3943 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3944 {
3945 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3946 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3947 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3948 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3949 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
3950 }
3951 else
3952 {
3953 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3954 it->len = 1;
3955 }
3956 }
3957 else
3958 {
3959 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
3960 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
3961 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
3962 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
3963 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3964 {
3965 it->what = IT_EOB;
3966 return 0;
3967 }
3968 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3969 {
3970 /* Pad with spaces. */
3971 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3972 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
3973 }
3974 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3975 {
3976 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3977 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3978 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3979 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3980 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
3981 }
3982 else
3983 {
3984 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3985 it->len = 1;
3986 }
3987 }
3988
3989 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
3990 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
3991 string position. */
3992 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3993 it->object = it->string;
3994 it->position = position;
3995 return 1;
3996 }
3997
3998
3999 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4000 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4001 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4002 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4003 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4004 reached, including padding spaces. */
4005
4006 static int
4007 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4008 struct it *it;
4009 {
4010 int success_p = 1;
4011
4012 xassert (it->s);
4013 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4014 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4015 it->object = Qnil;
4016
4017 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4018 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4019 initialized. */
4020 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4021 {
4022 /* End of the game. */
4023 it->what = IT_EOB;
4024 success_p = 0;
4025 }
4026 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4027 {
4028 /* Pad with spaces. */
4029 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4030 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4031 }
4032 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4033 {
4034 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4035 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4036 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4037 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4038 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4039 maxlen, &it->len);
4040 }
4041 else
4042 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4043
4044 return success_p;
4045 }
4046
4047
4048 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4049 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4050 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4051 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4052
4053 static int
4054 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4055 struct it *it;
4056 {
4057 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4058 {
4059 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4060 {
4061 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4062 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4063 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4064 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4065 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4066 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4067 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4068 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4069 }
4070 else
4071 {
4072 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4073 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4074 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4075 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4076 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4077 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4078 }
4079 }
4080 else
4081 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4082
4083 return get_next_display_element (it);
4084 }
4085
4086
4087 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4088 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4089 is always 1. */
4090
4091
4092 static int
4093 next_element_from_image (it)
4094 struct it *it;
4095 {
4096 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4097 return 1;
4098 }
4099
4100
4101 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4102 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4103 always 1. */
4104
4105 static int
4106 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4107 struct it *it;
4108 {
4109 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4110 return 1;
4111 }
4112
4113
4114 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4115 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4116 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4117 end. */
4118
4119 static int
4120 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4121 struct it *it;
4122 {
4123 int success_p = 1;
4124
4125 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4126 if-statement, below. */
4127 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4128 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4129
4130 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4131 {
4132 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4133 {
4134 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4135
4136 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4137 haven't been returned yet. */
4138 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4139 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4140 else
4141 {
4142 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4143 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4144 }
4145
4146 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4147 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4148 else
4149 {
4150 it->what = IT_EOB;
4151 it->position = it->current.pos;
4152 success_p = 0;
4153 }
4154 }
4155 else
4156 {
4157 handle_stop (it);
4158 return get_next_display_element (it);
4159 }
4160 }
4161 else
4162 {
4163 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4164 character from current_buffer. */
4165 unsigned char *p;
4166
4167 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4168 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4169 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4170 && it->glyph_row
4171 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4172 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4173
4174 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4175 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4176 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4177 {
4178 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4179 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4180 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4181 }
4182 else
4183 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4184
4185 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4186 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4187 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4188 it->position = it->current.pos;
4189
4190 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4191 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4192 if (it->selective)
4193 {
4194 if (it->c == '\n')
4195 {
4196 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4197 than that number of columns. */
4198 if (it->selective > 0
4199 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4200 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4201 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4202 it->selective))
4203 {
4204 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4205 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4206 }
4207 }
4208 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4209 {
4210 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4211 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4212 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4213 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4214 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4215 }
4216 }
4217 }
4218
4219 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4220 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4221 return success_p;
4222 }
4223
4224
4225 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4226
4227 static void
4228 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4229 struct it *it;
4230 {
4231 Lisp_Object args[3];
4232
4233 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4234 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4235 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4236
4237 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4238 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4239 args[1] = it->window;
4240 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4241 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4242
4243 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4244 them again, even if they get an error. */
4245 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4246 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4247
4248 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4249 handle_face_prop (it);
4250 }
4251
4252
4253 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4254 filled with composition information (done in
4255 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4256
4257 static int
4258 next_element_from_composition (it)
4259 struct it *it;
4260 {
4261 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4262 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4263 ? it->current.string_pos
4264 : it->current.pos);
4265 return 1;
4266 }
4267
4268
4269 \f
4270 /***********************************************************************
4271 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4272 ***********************************************************************/
4273
4274 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4275 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4276
4277 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4278 whichever is reached first.
4279
4280 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4281
4282 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4283 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4284 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4285 scrolled.
4286
4287 Value is
4288
4289 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4290 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4291
4292 MOVE_X_REACHED
4293 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4294
4295 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4296 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4297 be continued.
4298
4299 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4300 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4301 truncated.
4302
4303 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4304 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4305 display is on. */
4306
4307 static enum move_it_result
4308 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4309 struct it *it;
4310 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4311 {
4312 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4313 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4314
4315 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4316 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4317 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4318
4319 while (1)
4320 {
4321 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4322
4323 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4324 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4325 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4326 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4327 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4328 {
4329 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4330 break;
4331 }
4332
4333 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4334 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4335 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4336 fit on the line. */
4337 x = it->current_x;
4338
4339 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4340 fit on the line. */
4341 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4342 {
4343 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4344 descent = it->max_descent;
4345 }
4346
4347 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4348
4349 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4350 {
4351 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4352 continue;
4353 }
4354
4355 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4356 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4357 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4358 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4359 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4360 composite character.
4361
4362 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4363 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4364 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4365 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4366 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4367 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4368 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4369 next line.
4370
4371 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4372 the same width. */
4373 if (it->nglyphs)
4374 {
4375 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4376 glyphs have the same width. */
4377 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4378 int new_x;
4379
4380 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4381 {
4382 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4383
4384 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4385 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4386 {
4387 it->current_x = x;
4388 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4389 break;
4390 }
4391 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4392 !it->truncate_lines_p
4393 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4394 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4395 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4396 system frame. */
4397 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4398 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4399 {
4400 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4401 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4402 it->hpos == 0
4403 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4404 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4405 {
4406 ++it->hpos;
4407 it->current_x = new_x;
4408 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4409 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4410 }
4411 else
4412 {
4413 it->current_x = x;
4414 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4415 it->max_descent = descent;
4416 }
4417
4418 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4419 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4420 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4421 break;
4422 }
4423 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4424 {
4425 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4426 would be displayed. */
4427 ++it->hpos;
4428 }
4429 else
4430 {
4431 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4432 area. Nothing to do. */
4433 }
4434 }
4435
4436 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4437 break;
4438 }
4439 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4440 {
4441 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4442 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4443 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4444 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4445 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4446 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4447 break;
4448 }
4449
4450 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4451 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4452 {
4453 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4454 break;
4455 }
4456
4457 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4458 to the next. */
4459 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4460
4461 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4462 past the right edge of the window now. */
4463 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4464 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4465 {
4466 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4467 break;
4468 }
4469 }
4470
4471 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4472 function. */
4473 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4474 return result;
4475 }
4476
4477
4478 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4479 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4480 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4481
4482 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4483 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4484 TO_CHARPOS. */
4485
4486 void
4487 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4488 struct it *it;
4489 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4490 int op;
4491 {
4492 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4493 int line_height;
4494 int reached = 0;
4495
4496 for (;;)
4497 {
4498 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4499 {
4500 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4501 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4502 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4503 {
4504 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4505 {
4506 reached = 1;
4507 break;
4508 }
4509 else
4510 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4511 }
4512 else
4513 {
4514 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4515 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4516 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4517 {
4518 reached = 2;
4519 break;
4520 }
4521
4522 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4523
4524 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4525 {
4526 reached = 3;
4527 break;
4528 }
4529 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4530 {
4531 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4532 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4533 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4534 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4535 {
4536 reached = 4;
4537 break;
4538 }
4539 }
4540 }
4541 }
4542 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4543 {
4544 struct it it_backup;
4545
4546 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4547 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4548 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4549 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4550 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4551 TO_X.
4552
4553 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4554 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4555 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4556 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4557 to happen. */
4558 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4559 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4560 ? to_x : 0),
4561 (MOVE_TO_X
4562 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4563
4564 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4565 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4566 {
4567 reached = 5;
4568 break;
4569 }
4570
4571 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4572 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4573 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4574 the line. */
4575 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4576 {
4577 it_backup = *it;
4578 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4579 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4580 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4581 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4582 }
4583
4584 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4585 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4586 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4587
4588 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4589 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4590 {
4591 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4592 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4593 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4594 to the ones before skipping. */
4595 *it = it_backup;
4596 reached = 6;
4597 }
4598 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4599 {
4600 skip = skip2;
4601 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4602 reached = 7;
4603 }
4604
4605 if (reached)
4606 break;
4607 }
4608 else
4609 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4610
4611 switch (skip)
4612 {
4613 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4614 reached = 8;
4615 goto out;
4616
4617 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4618 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4619 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4620 break;
4621
4622 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4623 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4624 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4625 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4626 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4627 {
4628 reached = 9;
4629 goto out;
4630 }
4631 break;
4632
4633 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4634 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4635 break;
4636
4637 default:
4638 abort ();
4639 }
4640
4641 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4642 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4643 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4644 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4645 ++it->vpos;
4646 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4647 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4648 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4649 }
4650
4651 out:
4652
4653 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4654 }
4655
4656
4657 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4658
4659 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4660 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4661 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4662 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4663 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4664
4665 void
4666 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4667 struct it *it;
4668 int dy;
4669 {
4670 int nlines, h, line_height;
4671 struct it it2;
4672 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4673
4674 xassert (dy >= 0);
4675
4676 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4677 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4678
4679 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4680 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4681 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4682
4683 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4684 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4685 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4686 use reseat_1 here. */
4687 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4688
4689 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4690 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4691
4692 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4693 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4694 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4695 y-distance. */
4696 it2 = *it;
4697 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
4698 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
4699 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4700 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4701 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
4702
4703 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4704 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4705 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
4706 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
4707
4708 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
4709 it->vpos -= nlines;
4710 it->current_y -= h;
4711
4712 if (dy == 0)
4713 {
4714 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
4715 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
4716 if (nlines > 0)
4717 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
4718 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
4719 }
4720 else if (nlines)
4721 {
4722 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
4723 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
4724 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
4725
4726 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
4727 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
4728 if (target_y < it->current_y
4729 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4730 {
4731 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
4732 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4733 }
4734 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
4735 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
4736 {
4737 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
4738 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4739 }
4740 }
4741 }
4742
4743
4744 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
4745 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
4746 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
4747
4748 void
4749 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
4750 struct it *it;
4751 int dy;
4752 {
4753 if (dy <= 0)
4754 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
4755 else if (dy > 0)
4756 {
4757 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
4758 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
4759 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
4760 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4761
4762 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
4763 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
4764 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
4765 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
4766 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
4767 }
4768 }
4769
4770
4771 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
4772 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
4773 property lookup. */
4774
4775 static int
4776 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
4777 struct it *it;
4778 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
4779 {
4780 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
4781 int invisible_found_p;
4782
4783 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
4784
4785 /* Is text at START invisible? */
4786 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
4787 it->window);
4788 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
4789 invisible_found_p = 1;
4790 else
4791 {
4792 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
4793 Qinvisible, Qnil,
4794 make_number (end_charpos));
4795 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
4796 }
4797
4798 return invisible_found_p;
4799 }
4800
4801
4802 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
4803 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
4804 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
4805 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
4806
4807 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
4808 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
4809 truncate-lines nil. */
4810
4811 void
4812 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
4813 struct it *it;
4814 int dvpos, need_y_p;
4815 {
4816 struct position pos;
4817
4818 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4819 {
4820 struct text_pos textpos;
4821
4822 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
4823 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
4824 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
4825 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
4826 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
4827 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
4828 }
4829 else if (dvpos == 0)
4830 {
4831 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
4832 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
4833 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
4834 }
4835 else if (dvpos > 0)
4836 {
4837 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4838 selective display, try the simple method of moving forward
4839 DVPOS newlines, then see where we are. */
4840 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4841 {
4842 int shortage = 0, charpos;
4843
4844 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == '\n'))
4845 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1;
4846 else
4847 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', IT_CHARPOS (*it), 0, dvpos,
4848 &shortage, 0);
4849
4850 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, IT_CHARPOS (*it), charpos))
4851 {
4852 struct text_pos pos;
4853 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4854 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4855 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4856 it->vpos += dvpos - shortage;
4857 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4858 return;
4859 }
4860 }
4861
4862 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4863 }
4864 else
4865 {
4866 struct it it2;
4867 int start_charpos, i;
4868
4869 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4870 selective display, try the simple method of moving backward
4871 -DVPOS newlines. */
4872 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4873 {
4874 int shortage;
4875 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4876 int bytepos = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4877
4878 /* If in the middle of a line, go to its start. */
4879 if (charpos > BEGV && FETCH_BYTE (bytepos - 1) != '\n')
4880 {
4881 charpos = find_next_newline_no_quit (charpos, -1);
4882 bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4883 }
4884
4885 if (charpos == BEGV)
4886 {
4887 struct text_pos pos;
4888 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4889 BYTEPOS (pos) = bytepos;
4890 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4891 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4892 return;
4893 }
4894 else
4895 {
4896 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', charpos - 1, 0, dvpos, &shortage, 0);
4897 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, charpos, IT_CHARPOS (*it)))
4898 {
4899 struct text_pos pos;
4900 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4901 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4902 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4903 it->vpos += dvpos + (shortage ? shortage - 1 : 0);
4904 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4905 return;
4906 }
4907 }
4908 }
4909
4910 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
4911 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4912 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
4913 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4914 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4915 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4916
4917 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
4918 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
4919 it2 = *it;
4920 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
4921 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4922 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
4923 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
4924 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4925
4926 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
4927 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
4928 {
4929 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
4930 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4931 }
4932 }
4933 }
4934
4935
4936 \f
4937 /***********************************************************************
4938 Messages
4939 ***********************************************************************/
4940
4941
4942 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
4943 to *Messages*. */
4944
4945 void
4946 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
4947 char *format;
4948 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
4949 {
4950 Lisp_Object args[3];
4951 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
4952 char *buffer;
4953 int len;
4954 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4955
4956 fmt = msg = Qnil;
4957 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
4958
4959 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
4960 args[1] = arg1;
4961 args[2] = arg2;
4962 msg = Fformat (3, args);
4963
4964 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
4965 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
4966 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
4967
4968 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
4969 UNGCPRO;
4970 }
4971
4972
4973 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
4974
4975 void
4976 message_log_maybe_newline ()
4977 {
4978 if (message_log_need_newline)
4979 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
4980 }
4981
4982
4983 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
4984 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
4985 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
4986 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
4987 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
4988
4989 void
4990 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
4991 char *m;
4992 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
4993 {
4994 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
4995 {
4996 struct buffer *oldbuf;
4997 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
4998 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
4999 int point_at_end = 0;
5000 int zv_at_end = 0;
5001 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5002 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5003
5004 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5005 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5006 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5007 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5008
5009 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5010 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5011 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5012 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5013
5014 if (PT == Z)
5015 point_at_end = 1;
5016 if (ZV == Z)
5017 zv_at_end = 1;
5018
5019 BEGV = BEG;
5020 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5021 ZV = Z;
5022 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5023 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5024
5025 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5026 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5027 if (multibyte
5028 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5029 {
5030 int i, c, nbytes;
5031 unsigned char work[1];
5032
5033 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5034 for the *Message* buffer. */
5035 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
5036 {
5037 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
5038 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5039 ? c
5040 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5041 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5042 }
5043 }
5044 else if (! multibyte
5045 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5046 {
5047 int i, c, nbytes;
5048 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5049 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5050 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5051 for the *Message* buffer. */
5052 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5053 {
5054 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5055 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5056 insert_1_both (str, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5057 }
5058 }
5059 else if (len)
5060 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
5061
5062 if (nlflag)
5063 {
5064 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5065 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5066
5067 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5068 this_bol = PT;
5069 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5070
5071 if (this_bol > BEG)
5072 {
5073 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5074 prev_bol = PT;
5075 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5076
5077 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5078 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5079 if (dup)
5080 {
5081 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5082 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5083 if (dup > 1)
5084 {
5085 char dupstr[40];
5086 int duplen;
5087
5088 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5089 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5090 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5091 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5092 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5093 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5094 }
5095 }
5096 }
5097
5098 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5099 {
5100 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5101 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5102 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5103 }
5104 }
5105 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5106 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5107
5108 if (zv_at_end)
5109 {
5110 ZV = Z;
5111 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5112 }
5113 else
5114 {
5115 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5116 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5117 }
5118
5119 if (point_at_end)
5120 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5121 else
5122 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5123 Lisp code. */
5124 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5125 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5126
5127 UNGCPRO;
5128 free_marker (oldpoint);
5129 free_marker (oldbegv);
5130 free_marker (oldzv);
5131
5132 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5133 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5134 if (NILP (tem))
5135 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5136 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5137 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5138 }
5139 }
5140
5141
5142 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5143 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5144 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5145 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5146 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5147
5148 static int
5149 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5150 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5151 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5152 {
5153 int i;
5154 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5155 int seen_dots = 0;
5156 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5157 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5158
5159 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5160 {
5161 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.'
5162 && p1[i] != '\n')
5163 seen_dots = 1;
5164 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5165 return seen_dots;
5166 }
5167 p1 += len;
5168 if (*p1 == '\n')
5169 return 2;
5170 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5171 {
5172 int n = 0;
5173 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5174 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5175 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5176 return n+1;
5177 }
5178 return 0;
5179 }
5180
5181
5182 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
5183 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5184 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5185
5186 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5187 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5188 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5189 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5190
5191 void
5192 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
5193 char *m;
5194 int len;
5195 int multibyte;
5196 {
5197 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5198 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5199 if (m)
5200 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
5201 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
5202 }
5203
5204
5205 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5206
5207 void
5208 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
5209 char *m;
5210 int len;
5211 {
5212 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5213 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5214
5215 if (noninteractive)
5216 {
5217 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5218 putc ('\n', stderr);
5219 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5220 if (m)
5221 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
5222 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5223 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5224 fflush (stderr);
5225 }
5226 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5227 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5228 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5229 else if (INTERACTIVE
5230 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5231 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5232 {
5233 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5234 struct frame *f;
5235
5236 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5237 that the selected frame is using. */
5238 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5239 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5240
5241 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5242 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5243 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5244 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5245
5246 if (m)
5247 {
5248 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
5249 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5250 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5251 }
5252 else
5253 clear_message (1, 1);
5254
5255 do_pending_window_change (0);
5256 echo_area_display (1);
5257 do_pending_window_change (0);
5258 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5259 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5260 }
5261 }
5262
5263
5264 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5265 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5266 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5267 text show through. */
5268
5269 void
5270 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5271 Lisp_Object m;
5272 int nbytes;
5273 int multibyte;
5274 {
5275 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5276
5277 GCPRO1 (m);
5278
5279 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5280 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5281 if (STRINGP (m))
5282 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5283 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5284
5285 UNGCPRO;
5286 }
5287
5288
5289 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5290
5291 void
5292 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5293 Lisp_Object m;
5294 int nbytes, multibyte;
5295 {
5296 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5297 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5298
5299 if (noninteractive)
5300 {
5301 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5302 putc ('\n', stderr);
5303 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5304 if (STRINGP (m))
5305 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5306 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5307 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5308 fflush (stderr);
5309 }
5310 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5311 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5312 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5313 else if (INTERACTIVE
5314 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5315 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5316 {
5317 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5318 Lisp_Object frame;
5319 struct frame *f;
5320
5321 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5322 that the selected frame is using. */
5323 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5324 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5325 f = XFRAME (frame);
5326
5327 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5328 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5329 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5330 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5331
5332 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5333 {
5334 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5335 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5336 Fraise_frame (frame);
5337 }
5338 else
5339 clear_message (1, 1);
5340
5341 do_pending_window_change (0);
5342 echo_area_display (1);
5343 do_pending_window_change (0);
5344 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5345 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5346 }
5347 }
5348
5349
5350 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5351 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5352
5353 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5354 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5355 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5356 that was alloca'd. */
5357
5358 void
5359 message1 (m)
5360 char *m;
5361 {
5362 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5363 }
5364
5365
5366 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5367
5368 void
5369 message1_nolog (m)
5370 char *m;
5371 {
5372 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5373 }
5374
5375 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5376 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5377
5378 void
5379 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5380 char *m;
5381 Lisp_Object string;
5382 int log;
5383 {
5384 if (noninteractive)
5385 {
5386 if (m)
5387 {
5388 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5389 putc ('\n', stderr);
5390 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5391 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5392 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5393 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5394 fflush (stderr);
5395 }
5396 }
5397 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5398 {
5399 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5400 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5401 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5402 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5403 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5404
5405 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5406 that the selected frame is using. */
5407 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5408 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5409
5410 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5411 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5412 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5413 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5414 {
5415 int len;
5416 char *a[1];
5417 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5418
5419 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5420 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5421
5422 if (log)
5423 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5424 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5425 else
5426 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5427 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5428
5429 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5430 buffer next time. */
5431 message_buf_print = 0;
5432 }
5433 }
5434 }
5435
5436
5437 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5438 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5439
5440 /* VARARGS 1 */
5441 void
5442 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5443 char *m;
5444 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5445 {
5446 if (noninteractive)
5447 {
5448 if (m)
5449 {
5450 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5451 putc ('\n', stderr);
5452 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5453 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5454 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5455 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5456 fflush (stderr);
5457 }
5458 }
5459 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5460 {
5461 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5462 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5463 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5464 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5465 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5466
5467 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5468 that the selected frame is using. */
5469 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5470 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5471
5472 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5473 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5474 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5475 it. */
5476 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5477 {
5478 if (m)
5479 {
5480 int len;
5481 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5482 char *a[3];
5483 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5484 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5485 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5486
5487 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5488 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5489 #else
5490 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5491 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5492 (char **) &a1);
5493 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5494
5495 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5496 }
5497 else
5498 message1 (0);
5499
5500 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5501 buffer next time. */
5502 message_buf_print = 0;
5503 }
5504 }
5505 }
5506
5507
5508 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5509
5510 void
5511 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5512 char *m;
5513 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5514 {
5515 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5516 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5517 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5518 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5519 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5520 }
5521
5522
5523 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5524 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5525 critical. */
5526
5527 void
5528 update_echo_area ()
5529 {
5530 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5531 {
5532 Lisp_Object string;
5533 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5534 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5535 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5536 }
5537 }
5538
5539
5540 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5541 aren't, make new ones. */
5542
5543 static void
5544 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5545 {
5546 int i;
5547
5548 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5549 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5550 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5551 {
5552 char name[30];
5553 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5554 int j;
5555
5556 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5557 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5558 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5559 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5560
5561 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5562 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5563 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5564 }
5565 }
5566
5567
5568 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5569 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5570
5571 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5572 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5573 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5574
5575 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5576 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5577
5578 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5579 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5580 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5581
5582 Value is what FN returns. */
5583
5584 static int
5585 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5586 struct window *w;
5587 int which;
5588 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5589 EMACS_INT a1;
5590 Lisp_Object a2;
5591 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5592 {
5593 Lisp_Object buffer;
5594 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5595 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
5596
5597 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5598 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5599
5600 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5601
5602 if (which == 0)
5603 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5604 else if (which > 0)
5605 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5606 else
5607 {
5608 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5609 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5610
5611 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5612 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5613 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5614 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5615 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5616 }
5617
5618 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5619 have one. */
5620 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5621 {
5622 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5623 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5624 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5625 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5626 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5627 }
5628
5629 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5630
5631 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5632 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5633
5634 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5635 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5636 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5637 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5638 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5639 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5640 aborts. */
5641 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5642 if (w)
5643 {
5644 w->buffer = buffer;
5645 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5646 }
5647
5648 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5649 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5650
5651 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5652 del_range (BEG, Z);
5653
5654 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5655 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5656
5657 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5658
5659 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5660 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5661
5662 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5663 return rc;
5664 }
5665
5666
5667 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5668 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5669
5670 static Lisp_Object
5671 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5672 struct window *w;
5673 {
5674 int i = 0;
5675 Lisp_Object vector;
5676
5677 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5678 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5679 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5680 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5681
5682 if (NILP (vector))
5683 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5684
5685 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5686 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5687 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5688
5689 if (w)
5690 {
5691 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5692 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5693 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5694 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5695 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5696 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5697 }
5698 else
5699 {
5700 int end = i + 4;
5701 while (i < end)
5702 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5703 }
5704
5705 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5706 return vector;
5707 }
5708
5709
5710 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5711 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5712
5713 static Lisp_Object
5714 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5715 Lisp_Object vector;
5716 {
5717 int i = 0;
5718
5719 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i])); ++i;
5720 Vdeactivate_mark = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5721 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5722
5723 if (WINDOWP (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]))
5724 {
5725 struct window *w;
5726 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5727
5728 w = XWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5729 buffer = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5730 charpos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5731 bytepos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5732
5733 w->buffer = buffer;
5734 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5735 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5736 }
5737
5738 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
5739 return Qnil;
5740 }
5741
5742
5743 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
5744 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
5745
5746 void
5747 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
5748 int multibyte_p;
5749 {
5750 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5751
5752 if (!message_buf_print)
5753 {
5754 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
5755 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
5756 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
5757 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
5758 else
5759 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
5760
5761 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
5762 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5763 if (Z > BEG)
5764 del_range (BEG, Z);
5765 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5766
5767 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
5768 if (multibyte_p
5769 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5770 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
5771
5772 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
5773 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5774 {
5775 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5776 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5777 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5778 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5779 }
5780
5781 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5782 message_buf_print = 1;
5783 }
5784 else
5785 {
5786 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5787 {
5788 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
5789 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
5790 else
5791 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
5792 }
5793
5794 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5795 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
5796 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5797 }
5798 }
5799
5800
5801 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
5802 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
5803 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
5804 display the current message. */
5805
5806 static int
5807 display_echo_area (w)
5808 struct window *w;
5809 {
5810 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
5811
5812 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
5813 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
5814 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
5815 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
5816 redisplay. */
5817 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
5818
5819 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
5820 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
5821 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
5822 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
5823 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
5824 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
5825
5826 window_height_changed_p
5827 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
5828 display_echo_area_1,
5829 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
5830
5831 if (no_message_p)
5832 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
5833
5834 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5835 return window_height_changed_p;
5836 }
5837
5838
5839 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
5840 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
5841 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
5842 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
5843 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
5844
5845 static int
5846 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
5847 EMACS_INT a1;
5848 Lisp_Object a2;
5849 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5850 {
5851 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
5852 Lisp_Object window;
5853 struct text_pos start;
5854 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5855
5856 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
5857 matrix for the display. */
5858 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
5859
5860 /* Display. */
5861 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
5862 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
5863 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5864 try_window (window, start);
5865
5866 return window_height_changed_p;
5867 }
5868
5869
5870 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
5871 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
5872
5873 void
5874 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
5875 {
5876 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
5877 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
5878 {
5879 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
5880 int resized_p;
5881
5882 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
5883 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
5884 if (resized_p)
5885 {
5886 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5887 ++update_mode_lines;
5888 redisplay_internal (0);
5889 }
5890 }
5891 }
5892
5893
5894 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
5895 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
5896 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
5897 returns. */
5898
5899 static int
5900 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
5901 EMACS_INT a1;
5902 Lisp_Object a2;
5903 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5904 {
5905 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
5906 }
5907
5908
5909 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
5910 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
5911 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
5912 the window height has been changed. */
5913
5914 int
5915 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
5916 struct window *w;
5917 int exact_p;
5918 {
5919 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5920 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5921
5922 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
5923
5924 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
5925 if (NILP (Vmax_mini_window_height)
5926 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
5927 return 0;
5928
5929 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
5930 {
5931 struct it it;
5932 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
5933 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
5934 int height, max_height;
5935 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5936 struct text_pos start;
5937
5938 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5939
5940 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
5941 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5942 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
5943 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5944 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
5945 else
5946 max_height = total_height / 4;
5947
5948 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
5949 max_height = max (1, max_height);
5950 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
5951
5952 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
5953 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
5954 height = 1;
5955 else
5956 {
5957 last_height = 0;
5958 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5959 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
5960 height = it.current_y + last_height;
5961 else
5962 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
5963 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
5964 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
5965 }
5966
5967 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
5968 if (height > max_height)
5969 {
5970 height = max_height;
5971 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5972 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
5973 start = it.current.pos;
5974 }
5975 else
5976 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
5977 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
5978
5979 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
5980 case the window shrinks again. */
5981 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
5982 {
5983 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
5984 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
5985 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
5986 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
5987 }
5988 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
5989 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
5990 {
5991 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
5992 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
5993 shrink_mini_window (w);
5994 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
5995 }
5996 }
5997
5998 return window_height_changed_p;
5999 }
6000
6001
6002 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6003 current message. */
6004
6005 Lisp_Object
6006 current_message ()
6007 {
6008 Lisp_Object msg;
6009
6010 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6011 msg = Qnil;
6012 else
6013 {
6014 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6015 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6016 if (NILP (msg))
6017 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6018 }
6019
6020 return msg;
6021 }
6022
6023
6024 static int
6025 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6026 EMACS_INT a1;
6027 Lisp_Object a2;
6028 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6029 {
6030 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6031
6032 if (Z > BEG)
6033 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6034 else
6035 *msg = Qnil;
6036 return 0;
6037 }
6038
6039
6040 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6041 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6042 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6043 worth optimizing. */
6044
6045 int
6046 push_message ()
6047 {
6048 Lisp_Object msg;
6049 msg = current_message ();
6050 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6051 return STRINGP (msg);
6052 }
6053
6054
6055 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6056
6057 void
6058 restore_message ()
6059 {
6060 Lisp_Object msg;
6061
6062 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6063 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6064 if (STRINGP (msg))
6065 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6066 else
6067 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6068 }
6069
6070
6071 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6072
6073 void
6074 pop_message ()
6075 {
6076 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6077 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6078 }
6079
6080
6081 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6082 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6083 somewhere. */
6084
6085 void
6086 check_message_stack ()
6087 {
6088 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6089 abort ();
6090 }
6091
6092
6093 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6094 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6095
6096 void
6097 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6098 int nchars;
6099 {
6100 if (nchars == 0)
6101 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6102 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6103 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6104 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6105 else if (!noninteractive
6106 && INTERACTIVE
6107 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6108 {
6109 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6110 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6111 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6112 }
6113 }
6114
6115
6116 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6117 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6118
6119 static int
6120 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6121 EMACS_INT nchars;
6122 Lisp_Object a2;
6123 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6124 {
6125 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6126 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6127 if (Z == BEG)
6128 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6129 return 0;
6130 }
6131
6132
6133 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6134
6135 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6136 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6137 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6138
6139 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6140 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6141 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6142
6143 void
6144 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6145 char *s;
6146 Lisp_Object string;
6147 int nbytes;
6148 {
6149 message_enable_multibyte
6150 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6151 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6152
6153 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6154 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6155 message_buf_print = 0;
6156 }
6157
6158
6159 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6160 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6161 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6162 current. */
6163
6164 static int
6165 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6166 EMACS_INT a1;
6167 Lisp_Object a2;
6168 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6169 {
6170 char *s = (char *) a1;
6171 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6172
6173 xassert (BEG == Z);
6174
6175 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6176 if (message_enable_multibyte
6177 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6178 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6179
6180 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6181
6182 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6183 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6184
6185 if (STRINGP (string))
6186 {
6187 int nchars;
6188
6189 if (nbytes == 0)
6190 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6191 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6192
6193 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6194 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6195 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6196 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6197 }
6198 else if (s)
6199 {
6200 if (nbytes == 0)
6201 nbytes = strlen (s);
6202
6203 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6204 {
6205 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6206 int i, c, n;
6207 unsigned char work[1];
6208
6209 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6210 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6211 {
6212 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6213 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6214 ? c
6215 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6216 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6217 }
6218 }
6219 else if (!multibyte_p
6220 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6221 {
6222 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6223 int i, c, n;
6224 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6225 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6226
6227 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6228 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6229 {
6230 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6231 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6232 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6233 }
6234 }
6235 else
6236 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6237 }
6238
6239 return 0;
6240 }
6241
6242
6243 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6244 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6245 last displayed. */
6246
6247 void
6248 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6249 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6250 {
6251 if (current_p)
6252 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6253
6254 if (last_displayed_p)
6255 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6256
6257 message_buf_print = 0;
6258 }
6259
6260 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6261
6262 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6263 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6264 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6265 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6266 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6267 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6268
6269 static void
6270 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6271 {
6272 if (frame_garbaged)
6273 {
6274 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6275
6276 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6277 {
6278 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6279
6280 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6281 {
6282 clear_current_matrices (f);
6283 f->garbaged = 0;
6284 }
6285 }
6286
6287 frame_garbaged = 0;
6288 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6289 }
6290 }
6291
6292
6293 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6294 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6295 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6296
6297 static int
6298 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6299 int update_frame_p;
6300 {
6301 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6302 struct window *w;
6303 struct frame *f;
6304 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6305 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6306
6307 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6308 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6309 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6310
6311 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6312 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6313 return 0;
6314
6315 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6316 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6317 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6318 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6319 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6320 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6321 return 0;
6322 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6323
6324 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6325 if (frame_garbaged)
6326 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6327
6328 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6329 {
6330 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6331 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6332 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6333
6334 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal. */
6335 if (update_frame_p)
6336 {
6337 int n = 0;
6338
6339 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6340 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6341 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6342 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6343 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6344 if (!display_completed)
6345 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6346
6347 if (window_height_changed_p)
6348 {
6349 /* Must update other windows. */
6350 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6351 redisplay_internal (0);
6352 }
6353 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6354 {
6355 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6356 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6357 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6358 update_single_window (w, 1);
6359 rif->flush_display (f);
6360 }
6361 else
6362 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6363 }
6364 }
6365 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6366 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6367
6368 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6369 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6370
6371 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6372 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6373 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6374 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6375 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6376
6377 return window_height_changed_p;
6378 }
6379
6380
6381 \f
6382 /***********************************************************************
6383 Frame Titles
6384 ***********************************************************************/
6385
6386
6387 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6388
6389 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6390 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6391
6392 static char *frame_title_buf;
6393
6394 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6395
6396 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6397 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6398
6399
6400 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6401 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6402
6403 static void
6404 store_frame_title_char (c)
6405 char c;
6406 {
6407 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6408 double the buffer's size. */
6409 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6410 {
6411 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6412 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6413 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6414 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6415 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6416 }
6417
6418 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6419 }
6420
6421
6422 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6423 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
6424 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
6425 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
6426 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
6427 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
6428 title. */
6429
6430 static int
6431 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6432 unsigned char *str;
6433 int field_width, precision;
6434 {
6435 int n = 0;
6436
6437 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6438 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
6439 && *str)
6440 {
6441 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6442 ++n;
6443 }
6444
6445 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6446 while (field_width > 0
6447 && n < field_width)
6448 {
6449 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6450 ++n;
6451 }
6452
6453 return n;
6454 }
6455
6456
6457 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6458 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6459 frame_title_format. */
6460
6461 static void
6462 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6463 Lisp_Object frame;
6464 {
6465 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6466
6467 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6468 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6469 || f->explicit_name)
6470 {
6471 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6472 Lisp_Object tail;
6473 Lisp_Object fmt;
6474 struct buffer *obuf;
6475 int len;
6476 struct it it;
6477
6478 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6479 {
6480 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6481
6482 if (tf != f
6483 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6484 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6485 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6486 break;
6487 }
6488
6489 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6490 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6491
6492 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6493 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6494 then display the title. */
6495 obuf = current_buffer;
6496 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6497 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6498 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6499 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6500 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6501 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6502 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6503 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6504
6505 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6506 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6507 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6508 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6509 higher level than this.) */
6510 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6511 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6512 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6513 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6514 }
6515 }
6516
6517 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6518
6519 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6520 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6521
6522 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6523
6524
6525
6526 \f
6527 /***********************************************************************
6528 Menu Bars
6529 ***********************************************************************/
6530
6531
6532 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6533 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6534
6535 void
6536 prepare_menu_bars ()
6537 {
6538 int all_windows;
6539 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6540 struct frame *f;
6541 struct frame *tooltip_frame;
6542
6543 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6544 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6545 #else
6546 tooltip_frame = NULL;
6547 #endif
6548
6549 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6550 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6551 up-to-date frame titles. */
6552 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6553 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6554 {
6555 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6556
6557 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6558 {
6559 f = XFRAME (frame);
6560 if (f != tooltip_frame
6561 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6562 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6563 }
6564 }
6565 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6566
6567 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6568 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6569 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6570 || buffer_shared > 1
6571 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6572 if (all_windows)
6573 {
6574 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6575 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6576
6577 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6578
6579 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6580 {
6581 f = XFRAME (frame);
6582
6583 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6584 if (f == tooltip_frame)
6585 continue;
6586
6587 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6588 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6589 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6590 {
6591 Lisp_Object functions;
6592
6593 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6594 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6595 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6596 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6597
6598 while (CONSP (functions))
6599 {
6600 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6601 functions = XCDR (functions);
6602 }
6603 UNGCPRO;
6604 }
6605
6606 GCPRO1 (tail);
6607 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6608 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6609 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6610 #endif
6611 UNGCPRO;
6612 }
6613
6614 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6615 }
6616 else
6617 {
6618 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6619 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6620 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6621 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6622 #endif
6623 }
6624
6625 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6626 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6627 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6628 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6629 #endif
6630 }
6631
6632
6633 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6634 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6635 eval.
6636
6637 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6638
6639 static void
6640 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6641 struct frame *f;
6642 int save_match_data;
6643 {
6644 Lisp_Object window;
6645 register struct window *w;
6646
6647 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6648 w = XWINDOW (window);
6649
6650 if (update_mode_lines)
6651 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6652
6653 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6654 ?
6655 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6656 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6657 #else
6658 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6659 #endif
6660 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6661 {
6662 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6663 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6664 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6665 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6666 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6667 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6668 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6669 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6670 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6671 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6672 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6673 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6674 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6675 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6676 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6677 {
6678 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6679 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6680
6681 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6682 if (save_match_data)
6683 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6684 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6685 {
6686 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6687 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6688 }
6689
6690 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
6691 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
6692
6693 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
6694 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
6695 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
6696 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
6697
6698 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
6699 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
6700
6701 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
6702 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6703 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
6704 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
6705 else
6706 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6707 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6708 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6709 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6710 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6711 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6712 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6713 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6714
6715 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6716 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6717 }
6718 }
6719 }
6720
6721
6722 \f
6723 /***********************************************************************
6724 Tool-bars
6725 ***********************************************************************/
6726
6727 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6728
6729 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6730 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
6731 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
6732 and restore it here. */
6733
6734 static void
6735 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
6736 struct frame *f;
6737 int save_match_data;
6738 {
6739 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6740 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
6741 {
6742 Lisp_Object window;
6743 struct window *w;
6744
6745 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6746 w = XWINDOW (window);
6747
6748 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6749 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6750 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6751 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6752 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6753 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6754 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6755 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6756 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6757 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6758 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6759 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6760 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6761 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6762 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6763 {
6764 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6765 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6766
6767 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
6768 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
6769 keymaps. */
6770 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6771
6772 /* Save match data, if we must. */
6773 if (save_match_data)
6774 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6775
6776 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
6777 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6778 {
6779 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6780 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6781 }
6782
6783 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
6784 f->desired_tool_bar_items
6785 = tool_bar_items (f->desired_tool_bar_items,
6786 &f->n_desired_tool_bar_items);
6787
6788 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
6789 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6790
6791 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6792 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6793 }
6794 }
6795 }
6796
6797
6798 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
6799 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->desired_tool_bar_items must have
6800 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
6801
6802 static void
6803 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
6804 struct frame *f;
6805 {
6806 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
6807 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
6808 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
6809
6810 image = plist = props = Qnil;
6811 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
6812
6813 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
6814 Otherwise, make a new string. */
6815
6816 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
6817 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
6818 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
6819 : 0);
6820
6821 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
6822 and there is a space at the end. */
6823 size_needed = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items + 1;
6824
6825 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
6826 if (size < size_needed)
6827 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
6828 make_number (' '));
6829 else
6830 {
6831 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
6832 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
6833 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6834 }
6835
6836 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
6837 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
6838 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
6839 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
6840 i < f->n_desired_tool_bar_items;
6841 ++i, string_idx += 1)
6842 {
6843 #define PROP(IDX) \
6844 (XVECTOR (f->desired_tool_bar_items) \
6845 ->contents[i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)])
6846
6847 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
6848 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
6849 int margin, relief;
6850 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
6851 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
6852
6853 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
6854 button state. */
6855 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
6856 if (VECTORP (image))
6857 {
6858 enum tool_bar_item_image idx;
6859
6860 if (enabled_p)
6861 idx = (selected_p
6862 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
6863 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
6864 else
6865 idx = (selected_p
6866 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
6867 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
6868
6869 xassert (XVECTOR (image)->size >= idx);
6870 image = XVECTOR (image)->contents[idx];
6871 }
6872
6873 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
6874 if (!valid_image_p (image))
6875 continue;
6876
6877 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
6878 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
6879
6880 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
6881 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
6882 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
6883
6884 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
6885 {
6886 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
6887 selected. */
6888 if (selected_p)
6889 {
6890 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
6891 margin -= relief;
6892 }
6893 }
6894 else
6895 {
6896 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
6897 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
6898 raised relief. */
6899 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
6900 (selected_p
6901 ? make_number (-relief)
6902 : make_number (relief)));
6903 margin -= relief;
6904 }
6905
6906 /* Put a margin around the image. */
6907 if (margin)
6908 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
6909
6910 /* If button is not enabled, make the image appear disabled by
6911 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
6912 if (!enabled_p)
6913 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qlaplace);
6914
6915 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
6916 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
6917 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
6918 vector. */
6919 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
6920 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
6921 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
6922 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
6923 make_number (string_idx + 1),
6924 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6925 #undef PROP
6926 }
6927
6928 UNGCPRO;
6929 }
6930
6931
6932 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
6933
6934 static void
6935 display_tool_bar_line (it)
6936 struct it *it;
6937 {
6938 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
6939 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
6940 struct glyph *last;
6941
6942 prepare_desired_row (row);
6943 row->y = it->current_y;
6944
6945 while (it->current_x < max_x)
6946 {
6947 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
6948
6949 /* Get the next display element. */
6950 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
6951 break;
6952
6953 /* Produce glyphs. */
6954 x_before = it->current_x;
6955 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6956 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
6957
6958 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
6959 i = 0;
6960 x = x_before;
6961 while (i < nglyphs)
6962 {
6963 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
6964
6965 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
6966 {
6967 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
6968 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
6969 it->current_x = x;
6970 goto out;
6971 }
6972
6973 ++it->hpos;
6974 x += glyph->pixel_width;
6975 ++i;
6976 }
6977
6978 /* Stop at line ends. */
6979 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
6980 break;
6981
6982 set_iterator_to_next (it);
6983 }
6984
6985 out:;
6986
6987 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
6988 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
6989 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
6990 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
6991 compute_line_metrics (it);
6992
6993 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
6994 if (!row->displays_text_p)
6995 {
6996 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
6997 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
6998 }
6999
7000 row->full_width_p = 1;
7001 row->continued_p = 0;
7002 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7003 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7004
7005 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7006 it->current_y += row->height;
7007 ++it->vpos;
7008 ++it->glyph_row;
7009 }
7010
7011
7012 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7013 items of frame F visible. */
7014
7015 static int
7016 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7017 struct frame *f;
7018 {
7019 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7020 struct it it;
7021
7022 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7023 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7024 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7025 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7026 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7027 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7028
7029 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7030 {
7031 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7032 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7033 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7034 }
7035
7036 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7037 }
7038
7039
7040 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7041 height should be changed. */
7042
7043 static int
7044 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7045 struct frame *f;
7046 {
7047 struct window *w;
7048 struct it it;
7049 struct glyph_row *row;
7050 int change_height_p = 0;
7051
7052 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7053 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7054 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7055 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7056 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7057 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7058 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7059 return 0;
7060
7061 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7062 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7063 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7064 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7065 row = it.glyph_row;
7066
7067 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7068 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7069 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7070
7071 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7072 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7073 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7074
7075 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7076 window, so don't do it. */
7077 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7078 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7079
7080 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7081 {
7082 int nlines;
7083
7084 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7085 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7086 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7087 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7088 if (!row->displays_text_p
7089 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7090 change_height_p = 1;
7091
7092 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7093 change the tool-bar's height. */
7094 if (row->displays_text_p
7095 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7096 change_height_p = 1;
7097
7098 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7099 frame parameter. */
7100 if (change_height_p
7101 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7102 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7103 {
7104 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7105 Lisp_Object frame;
7106
7107 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7108 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7109 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7110 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7111 make_number (nlines)),
7112 Qnil));
7113 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7114 }
7115 }
7116
7117 return change_height_p;
7118 }
7119
7120
7121 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7122 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7123 properties start in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7124 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7125
7126 int
7127 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7128 struct frame *f;
7129 struct glyph *glyph;
7130 int *prop_idx;
7131 {
7132 Lisp_Object prop;
7133 int success_p;
7134
7135 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7136 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7137 F->current_tool_bar_items. */
7138 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7139 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7140 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7141 {
7142 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7143 success_p = 1;
7144 }
7145 else
7146 success_p = 0;
7147
7148 return success_p;
7149 }
7150
7151 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7152
7153
7154 \f
7155 /************************************************************************
7156 Horizontal scrolling
7157 ************************************************************************/
7158
7159 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7160 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7161
7162 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7163 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7164 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7165 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7166 changed. */
7167
7168 static int
7169 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7170 Lisp_Object window;
7171 {
7172 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7173
7174 while (WINDOWP (window))
7175 {
7176 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7177
7178 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7179 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7180 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7181 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7182 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7183 {
7184 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7185 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7186 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7187 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7188 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7189 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7190 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7191 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7192 ? desired_cursor_row
7193 : current_cursor_row);
7194
7195 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7196 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7197
7198 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7199 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7200
7201 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7202 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7203 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7204 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7205 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7206 {
7207 struct it it;
7208 int hscroll;
7209 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7210 int pt;
7211
7212 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7213 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7214 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7215
7216 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7217 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7218 else
7219 {
7220 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7221 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7222 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7223 }
7224
7225 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7226 a line with infinite width. */
7227 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7228 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7229 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7230 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7231
7232 /* Center cursor in window. */
7233 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7234 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7235
7236 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7237 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7238 optimizations. */
7239 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7240 {
7241 Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_number (hscroll));
7242 hscrolled_p = 1;
7243 }
7244 }
7245 }
7246
7247 window = w->next;
7248 }
7249
7250 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7251 return hscrolled_p;
7252 }
7253
7254
7255 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7256 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7257 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7258 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7259 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7260
7261 static int
7262 hscroll_windows (window)
7263 Lisp_Object window;
7264 {
7265 int hscrolled_p;
7266
7267 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7268 {
7269 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7270 if (hscrolled_p)
7271 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7272 }
7273 else
7274 hscrolled_p = 0;
7275 return hscrolled_p;
7276 }
7277
7278
7279 \f
7280 /************************************************************************
7281 Redisplay
7282 ************************************************************************/
7283
7284 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7285 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7286 session. */
7287
7288 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7289
7290 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7291
7292 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7293 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7294
7295 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7296
7297 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7298
7299 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7300
7301 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7302
7303 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7304 try_window_id. */
7305
7306 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7307
7308 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7309 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7310 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7311 resulting string to stderr. */
7312
7313 static void
7314 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7315 struct window *w;
7316 char *fmt;
7317 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7318 {
7319 char buffer[512];
7320 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7321 int len = strlen (method);
7322 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7323 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7324
7325 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7326 if (len && remaining)
7327 {
7328 method[len] = '|';
7329 --remaining, ++len;
7330 }
7331
7332 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7333
7334 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7335 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7336 w,
7337 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7338 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7339 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7340 : "no buffer"),
7341 buffer);
7342 }
7343
7344 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7345
7346
7347 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7348 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7349 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7350 cleared. */
7351
7352 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7353 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7354
7355 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7356
7357 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7358
7359 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7360
7361 int redisplaying_p;
7362
7363
7364 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7365 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7366 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7367 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7368
7369 static INLINE int
7370 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7371 struct window *w;
7372 int start, end;
7373 {
7374 int unchanged_p = 1;
7375
7376 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7377 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7378 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7379 {
7380 /* Gap in the line? */
7381 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7382 unchanged_p = 0;
7383
7384 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7385 if (unchanged_p
7386 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7387 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7388 unchanged_p = 0;
7389
7390 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7391 beginning of the line. */
7392 if (unchanged_p
7393 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7394 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7395 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7396 unchanged_p = 0;
7397 }
7398
7399 return unchanged_p;
7400 }
7401
7402
7403 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7404 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7405
7406 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7407 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7408 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7409
7410 void
7411 redisplay ()
7412 {
7413 redisplay_internal (0);
7414 }
7415
7416 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7417 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7418 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7419
7420 int
7421 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7422 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7423 int prev_pt, pt;
7424 {
7425 int start, end;
7426 Lisp_Object prop;
7427 Lisp_Object buffer;
7428
7429 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7430 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7431 same buffer. */
7432 if (prev_buf == buf)
7433 {
7434 if (prev_pt == pt)
7435 /* Point didn't move. */
7436 return 0;
7437
7438 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7439 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7440 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7441 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7442 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7443 point moved out of the composition. */
7444 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7445 }
7446
7447 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7448 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7449 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7450 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7451 && start < pt && end > pt);
7452 }
7453
7454 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7455 in window W. */
7456
7457 static INLINE void
7458 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7459 struct window *w;
7460 struct buffer *b;
7461 {
7462 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7463 b->clip_changed = 1;
7464 else if (b->clip_changed
7465 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7466 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7467 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7468 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7469 b->clip_changed = 0;
7470
7471 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7472 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7473 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7474 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7475 check. */
7476 if (!b->clip_changed
7477 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7478 {
7479 int pt;
7480
7481 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7482 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7483 else
7484 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7485
7486 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7487 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7488 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7489 XINT (w->last_point),
7490 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7491 b->clip_changed = 1;
7492 }
7493 }
7494
7495
7496 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7497 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7498 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7499 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7500 causes some problems. */
7501
7502 static void
7503 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7504 int preserve_echo_area;
7505 {
7506 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7507 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7508 int pause;
7509 int must_finish = 0;
7510 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7511 int number_of_visible_frames;
7512 int count;
7513 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7514
7515 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7516 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7517 int consider_all_windows_p;
7518
7519 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7520
7521 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7522 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7523 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7524 if (noninteractive
7525 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7526 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7527 return;
7528
7529 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7530 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7531 update necessary. */
7532 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7533 {
7534 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7535 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7536 return;
7537 }
7538
7539 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7540 if (popup_activated ())
7541 return;
7542 #endif
7543
7544 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7545 if (redisplaying_p)
7546 return;
7547
7548 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7549 when we leave this function. */
7550 count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
7551 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7552 ++redisplaying_p;
7553
7554 retry:
7555 pause = 0;
7556 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7557
7558 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7559 necessary, do it. */
7560 if (fonts_changed_p)
7561 {
7562 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7563 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7564 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7565 }
7566
7567 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7568 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7569 {
7570 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7571 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7572 thing. */
7573 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7574 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7575 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7576 }
7577 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7578
7579 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7580 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7581 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7582 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7583 {
7584 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7585
7586 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7587
7588 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7589 {
7590 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7591
7592 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7593 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7594 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7595 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7596 }
7597 }
7598
7599 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7600 do_pending_window_change (1);
7601
7602 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7603 if (frame_garbaged)
7604 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7605
7606 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7607 prepare_menu_bars ();
7608
7609 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7610 update_mode_lines++;
7611
7612 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7613 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7614 {
7615 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7616 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7617 update_mode_lines++;
7618 }
7619
7620 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7621 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7622 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7623 where no change is needed. */
7624 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7625 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7626 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7627 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7628 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7629
7630 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7631
7632 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7633 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7634 there. */
7635 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7636
7637 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7638 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7639 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7640 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7641 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7642
7643 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7644 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7645 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7646 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7647 the echo area should be cleared. */
7648 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7649 {
7650 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
7651 must_finish = 1;
7652
7653 if (fonts_changed_p)
7654 goto retry;
7655 else if (window_height_changed_p)
7656 {
7657 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7658 ++update_mode_lines;
7659 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7660
7661 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7662 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7663 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7664 if (frame_garbaged)
7665 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7666 }
7667 }
7668 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
7669 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
7670 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7671 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7672 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
7673 {
7674 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
7675 showing if its contents might have changed. */
7676 must_finish = 1;
7677 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7678 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7679 ++update_mode_lines;
7680
7681 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7682 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7683 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7684 if (frame_garbaged)
7685 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7686 }
7687
7688
7689 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
7690 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
7691 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
7692 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7693 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7694 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
7695 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
7696 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
7697 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
7698 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7699
7700 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
7701 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
7702 set in display_line and record information about the line
7703 containing the cursor. */
7704 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
7705 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
7706 if (!consider_all_windows_p
7707 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
7708 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7709 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
7710 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7711 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7712 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
7713 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
7714 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7715 && NILP (w->force_start)
7716 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
7717 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
7718 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7719 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
7720 must be unchanged */
7721 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
7722 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
7723 {
7724 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
7725 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
7726 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
7727 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
7728 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
7729 goto cancel;
7730 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7731 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
7732 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
7733 {
7734 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
7735 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
7736 line 885).
7737
7738 For instance, in the following case:
7739
7740 -------- Insert --------
7741 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
7742 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
7743 ^^ ^^
7744 -------- --------
7745
7746 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
7747
7748 struct it it;
7749 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
7750
7751 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
7752 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
7753 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
7754
7755 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
7756 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
7757 goto cancel;
7758
7759 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
7760 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
7761 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
7762 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7763 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7764 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
7765 display_line (&it);
7766
7767 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
7768 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
7769 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
7770 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
7771 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
7772 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7773 /* Line ends as before. */
7774 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7775 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
7776 would have to be shifted up or down. */
7777 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
7778 {
7779 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
7780 the charstarts of the lines below. */
7781 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7782 {
7783 struct glyph_row *row
7784 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
7785 int delta, delta_bytes;
7786
7787 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
7788 {
7789 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
7790 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
7791 delta = (Z
7792 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7793 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7794 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7795 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7796 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7797 }
7798 else
7799 {
7800 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
7801 account of the newline and the rest of the
7802 text that follows. */
7803 delta = (Z
7804 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7805 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7806 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7807 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7808 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7809 }
7810
7811 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
7812 this_line_vpos + 1,
7813 w->current_matrix->nrows,
7814 delta, delta_bytes);
7815 }
7816
7817 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
7818 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
7819 adjusted. */
7820 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
7821 {
7822 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
7823 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
7824 }
7825 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
7826 && this_line_vpos > 0)
7827 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
7828 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
7829
7830 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
7831 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7832
7833 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7834 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
7835 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
7836 #endif
7837 goto update;
7838 }
7839 else
7840 goto cancel;
7841 }
7842 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
7843 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7844 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
7845 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
7846 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
7847 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
7848 {
7849 if (!must_finish)
7850 {
7851 do_pending_window_change (1);
7852
7853 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
7854 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
7855 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
7856 goto end_of_redisplay;
7857 }
7858 goto update;
7859 }
7860 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
7861 then we can't just move the cursor. */
7862 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7863 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
7864 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7865 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7866 && NILP (w->region_showing)
7867 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
7868 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
7869 {
7870 struct it it;
7871 struct glyph_row *row;
7872
7873 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
7874 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
7875 next visible position. */
7876 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
7877 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7878 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
7879 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7880 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7881
7882 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
7883 moves over before-strings. */
7884 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7885
7886 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
7887 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
7888 row->enabled_p))
7889 {
7890 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
7891 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
7892 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7893 goto update;
7894 }
7895 else
7896 goto cancel;
7897 }
7898
7899 cancel:
7900 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
7901 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
7902 }
7903
7904 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7905 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
7906 ++clear_face_cache_count;
7907
7908
7909 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
7910 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
7911 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
7912
7913 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7914 {
7915 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7916
7917 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
7918 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
7919 {
7920 clear_face_cache (0);
7921 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
7922 }
7923
7924 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
7925 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
7926 buffer_shared = 0;
7927
7928 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7929 {
7930 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7931
7932 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
7933 {
7934 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
7935 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
7936 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
7937 (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7938
7939 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7940 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
7941
7942 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
7943 nuked should now go away. */
7944 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
7945 (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7946
7947 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
7948 if (fonts_changed_p)
7949 goto retry;
7950
7951 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7952 {
7953 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
7954 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
7955 goto retry;
7956
7957 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
7958 update. stdio is not robust about handling
7959 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
7960 error. */
7961 if (interrupt_input)
7962 unrequest_sigio ();
7963 stop_polling ();
7964
7965 /* Update the display. */
7966 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
7967 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
7968 if (pause)
7969 break;
7970
7971 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
7972 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
7973 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
7974 }
7975 }
7976 }
7977 }
7978 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
7979 {
7980 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7981 struct frame *mini_frame;
7982
7983 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
7984
7985 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
7986 update:
7987
7988 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
7989 if (fonts_changed_p)
7990 goto retry;
7991
7992 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
7993 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
7994 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
7995 if (interrupt_input)
7996 unrequest_sigio ();
7997 stop_polling ();
7998
7999 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8000 {
8001 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8002 goto retry;
8003
8004 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8005 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8006 }
8007
8008 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8009 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8010 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8011 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8012 it here. */
8013 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8014 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8015
8016 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8017 {
8018 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8019 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8020 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8021 goto retry;
8022 }
8023 }
8024
8025 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8026 thorough update the next time. */
8027 if (pause)
8028 {
8029 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8030 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8031 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8032 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8033
8034 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8035 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8036 {
8037 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8038 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8039 }
8040
8041 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8042 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8043 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8044 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8045 update_mode_lines = 1;
8046 }
8047
8048 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8049 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8050 if (!pause)
8051 {
8052 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8053
8054 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8055 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8056 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8057 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8058
8059 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8060 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8061 else
8062 {
8063 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8064 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8065 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8066
8067 b->clip_changed = 0;
8068 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8069 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8070 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8071 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8072 w->last_had_star
8073 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8074 ? Qt : Qnil);
8075
8076 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8077 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8078 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8079 && (EQ (selected_window,
8080 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8081 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8082 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8083 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8084 : Qnil);
8085
8086 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8087 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8088 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8089 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8090 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8091
8092 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8093 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8094 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8095 }
8096
8097 update_mode_lines = 0;
8098 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8099 }
8100
8101 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8102 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8103 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8104 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8105 if (interrupt_input)
8106 request_sigio ();
8107 start_polling ();
8108
8109 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8110 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8111 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8112 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8113 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8114 frames here explicitly. */
8115 if (!pause)
8116 {
8117 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8118 int new_count = 0;
8119
8120 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8121 {
8122 int this_is_visible = 0;
8123
8124 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8125 this_is_visible = 1;
8126 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8127 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8128 this_is_visible = 1;
8129
8130 if (this_is_visible)
8131 new_count++;
8132 }
8133
8134 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8135 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8136 }
8137
8138 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8139 do_pending_window_change (1);
8140
8141 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8142 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8143 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8144 goto retry;
8145
8146 end_of_redisplay:;
8147
8148 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8149 }
8150
8151
8152 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8153 another message has been requested in its place.
8154
8155 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8156 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8157 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8158 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
8159
8160 void
8161 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
8162 {
8163 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8164 {
8165 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8166 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8167 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8168 redisplay_internal (1);
8169 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8170 }
8171 else
8172 redisplay_internal (1);
8173 }
8174
8175
8176 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8177 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8178 in progress. */
8179
8180 static Lisp_Object
8181 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8182 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8183 {
8184 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8185 return Qnil;
8186 }
8187
8188
8189 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8190 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8191 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8192 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8193
8194 void
8195 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8196 Lisp_Object window;
8197 int accurate_p;
8198 {
8199 struct window *w;
8200
8201 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8202 {
8203 w = XWINDOW (window);
8204
8205 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8206 {
8207 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8208
8209 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8210 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8211 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8212 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8213 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8214 ? Qt : Qnil);
8215
8216 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8217 Let's check it. */
8218 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8219 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8220 w->region_showing
8221 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8222 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8223 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8224 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8225 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8226 : Qnil));
8227 #endif
8228
8229 if (accurate_p)
8230 {
8231 b->clip_changed = 0;
8232 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8233 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8234 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8235 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8236 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8237 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8238 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8239 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8240 else
8241 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8242 }
8243 }
8244
8245 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8246 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8247
8248 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8249 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8250 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8251 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8252 }
8253
8254 if (accurate_p)
8255 {
8256 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8257 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8258 }
8259 else
8260 {
8261 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8262 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8263 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8264 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8265 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8266 }
8267 }
8268
8269
8270 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8271 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8272 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8273 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8274
8275 Lisp_Object
8276 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8277 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8278 int c;
8279 {
8280 int code[4], i;
8281 Lisp_Object val;
8282
8283 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8284 return (dp->contents[c]);
8285
8286 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8287 if (code[1] < 32)
8288 code[1] = -1;
8289 else if (code[2] < 32)
8290 code[2] = -1;
8291
8292 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8293 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8294 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8295 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8296 code[0] += 128;
8297 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8298
8299 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8300 {
8301 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8302 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8303 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8304 }
8305
8306 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8307 it. */
8308 return (dp->defalt);
8309 }
8310
8311
8312 \f
8313 /***********************************************************************
8314 Window Redisplay
8315 ***********************************************************************/
8316
8317 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8318
8319 static void
8320 redisplay_windows (window)
8321 Lisp_Object window;
8322 {
8323 while (!NILP (window))
8324 {
8325 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8326
8327 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8328 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8329 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8330 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8331 else
8332 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8333
8334 window = w->next;
8335 }
8336 }
8337
8338
8339 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8340 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8341 differ from current buffer positions. */
8342
8343 void
8344 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8345 struct window *w;
8346 struct glyph_row *row;
8347 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8348 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8349 {
8350 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8351 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8352 int x = row->x;
8353 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8354
8355 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8356 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8357 frames. */
8358 if (row->displays_text_p)
8359 while (glyph < end
8360 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8361 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8362 {
8363 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8364 ++glyph;
8365 }
8366
8367 while (glyph < end
8368 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8369 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8370 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8371 {
8372 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8373 ++glyph;
8374 }
8375
8376 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8377 w->cursor.x = x;
8378 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8379 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8380
8381 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8382 {
8383 if (!row->continued_p
8384 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8385 && row->x == 0)
8386 {
8387 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8388
8389 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8390 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8391 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8392 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8393
8394 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8395 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8396 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8397 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8398
8399 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8400 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8401 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8402 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8403 }
8404 else
8405 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8406 }
8407 }
8408
8409
8410 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8411 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8412
8413 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8414
8415 static INLINE struct text_pos
8416 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8417 Lisp_Object window;
8418 struct text_pos startp;
8419 {
8420 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8421 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8422
8423 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8424 abort ();
8425
8426 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8427 {
8428 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8429 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8430 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8431 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8432 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8433 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8434 }
8435
8436 return startp;
8437 }
8438
8439
8440 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8441 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8442
8443 static void
8444 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8445 struct window *w;
8446 {
8447 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8448 struct glyph_row *row;
8449 int window_height, header_line_height;
8450
8451 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8452 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8453 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8454 return;
8455
8456 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8457 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8458
8459 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8460 to do. */
8461 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8462 return;
8463
8464 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8465 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8466 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8467 if (row->height >= window_height)
8468 return;
8469
8470 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8471 {
8472 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8473 w->vscroll = 0;
8474 w->cursor.y += dy;
8475 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8476 }
8477 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8478 {
8479 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8480 w->vscroll = dy;
8481 w->cursor.y += dy;
8482 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8483 }
8484
8485 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8486 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8487 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8488 the correct y-position. */
8489 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8490 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8491 }
8492
8493
8494 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8495 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8496 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8497 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8498 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8499
8500 Value is
8501
8502 1 if scrolling succeeded
8503
8504 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8505
8506 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8507 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8508
8509 static int
8510 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8511 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8512 Lisp_Object window;
8513 int just_this_one_p;
8514 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8515 int temp_scroll_step;
8516 {
8517 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8518 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8519 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8520 struct text_pos pos;
8521 struct text_pos startp;
8522 struct it it;
8523 Lisp_Object window_end;
8524 int this_scroll_margin;
8525 int dy = 0;
8526 int scroll_max;
8527 int line_height, rc;
8528 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8529 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8530 int height;
8531
8532 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8533 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8534 #endif
8535
8536 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8537
8538 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8539 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8540 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8541 {
8542 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8543 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8544 }
8545 else
8546 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8547
8548 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8549 into view. */
8550 if (scroll_step)
8551 scroll_max = scroll_step;
8552 else if (scroll_conservatively)
8553 scroll_max = scroll_conservatively;
8554 else if (temp_scroll_step)
8555 scroll_max = temp_scroll_step;
8556 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8557 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8558 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8559 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8560 there should be a variable for this. */
8561 scroll_max = 10;
8562 else
8563 scroll_max = 0;
8564 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8565
8566 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8567 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8568 margin. */
8569 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8570 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8571 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8572 if (this_scroll_margin)
8573 {
8574 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8575 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8576 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8577 }
8578
8579 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8580 {
8581 int y0;
8582
8583 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8584 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8585
8586 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8587 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8588 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8589 y0 = it.current_y;
8590 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8591 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8592 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8593 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8594 : last_height);
8595 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8596
8597 if (dy > scroll_max)
8598 return 0;
8599
8600 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8601 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8602 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8603 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8604
8605 if (scroll_conservatively)
8606 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8607 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8608 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8609 else
8610 {
8611 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8612 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8613 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8614 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8615 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8616 }
8617
8618 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8619 return 0;
8620
8621 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8622 startp = it.current.pos;
8623 }
8624 else
8625 {
8626 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8627 window. */
8628 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8629 if (this_scroll_margin)
8630 {
8631 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8632 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8633 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8634 }
8635
8636 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8637 {
8638 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8639 above what is displayed in the window. */
8640 int y0;
8641
8642 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8643 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8644 scroll_max. */
8645 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
8646 start_display (&it, w, pos);
8647 y0 = it.current_y;
8648 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
8649 it.last_visible_y, -1,
8650 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8651 dy = it.current_y - y0;
8652 if (dy > scroll_max)
8653 return 0;
8654
8655 /* Compute new window start. */
8656 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8657
8658 if (scroll_conservatively)
8659 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8660 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8661 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8662 else
8663 {
8664 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
8665 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8666 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8667 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8668 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8669 }
8670
8671 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8672 return 0;
8673
8674 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
8675 startp = it.current.pos;
8676 }
8677 }
8678
8679 /* Run window scroll functions. */
8680 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8681
8682 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
8683 doesn't appear. */
8684 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8685 rc = -1;
8686 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8687 {
8688 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8689 rc = 0;
8690 }
8691 else
8692 {
8693 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
8694 if (!just_this_one_p
8695 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8696 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8697 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8698
8699 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
8700 lines up or down. */
8701 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8702 rc = 1;
8703 }
8704
8705 return rc;
8706 }
8707
8708
8709 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
8710 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
8711 was computed.
8712
8713 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
8714 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
8715 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
8716
8717 static int
8718 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
8719 struct window *w;
8720 {
8721 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
8722 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
8723
8724 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
8725
8726 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
8727 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
8728 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
8729 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
8730 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
8731 {
8732 struct it it;
8733 struct glyph_row *row;
8734
8735 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
8736 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
8737 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8738 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
8739 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8740
8741 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
8742 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
8743 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
8744 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
8745 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8746 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
8747
8748 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
8749 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
8750 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
8751 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
8752 {
8753 int min_distance, distance;
8754
8755 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
8756 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
8757 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
8758 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
8759 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
8760 minimum distance from the old window start. */
8761 pos = it.current.pos;
8762 min_distance = INFINITY;
8763 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
8764 distance < min_distance)
8765 {
8766 min_distance = distance;
8767 pos = it.current.pos;
8768 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8769 }
8770
8771 /* Set the window start there. */
8772 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
8773 window_start_changed_p = 1;
8774 }
8775 }
8776
8777 return window_start_changed_p;
8778 }
8779
8780
8781 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
8782 with window start STARTP. Value is
8783
8784 1 if successful
8785
8786 0 if this method cannot be used
8787
8788 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
8789 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
8790 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
8791
8792 static int
8793 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
8794 Lisp_Object window;
8795 struct text_pos startp;
8796 int *scroll_step;
8797 {
8798 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8799 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8800 int rc = 0;
8801
8802 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
8803 not moved off the frame. */
8804 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
8805 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8806 /* If we don't check this, we are called to move the cursor in a
8807 horizontally split window with a current matrix that doesn't
8808 fit the display. */
8809 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
8810 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
8811 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8812 /* If force-mode-line-update was called, really redisplay;
8813 that's how redisplay is forced after e.g. changing
8814 buffer-invisibility-spec. */
8815 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8816 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
8817 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
8818 set the cursor. */
8819 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8820 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8821 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8822 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8823 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
8824 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
8825 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
8826 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
8827 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
8828 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
8829 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
8830 handles the same cases. */
8831 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
8832 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
8833 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
8834 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
8835 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
8836 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
8837 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
8838 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
8839 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8840 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
8841 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
8842 {
8843 int this_scroll_margin;
8844 struct glyph_row *row;
8845
8846 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8847 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
8848 #endif
8849
8850 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
8851 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
8852 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
8853 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
8854 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8855
8856 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
8857 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
8858 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
8859 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
8860 rc = -1;
8861 else
8862 {
8863 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
8864 if (row->mode_line_p)
8865 ++row;
8866 if (!row->enabled_p)
8867 rc = -1;
8868 }
8869
8870 if (rc == 0)
8871 {
8872 int scroll_p = 0;
8873
8874 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8875 {
8876 /* Point has moved forward. */
8877 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
8878
8879 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
8880 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
8881 {
8882 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8883 ++row;
8884 }
8885
8886 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
8887 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
8888 display it in the next line. Exceptions are when the
8889 row ends in the middle of a character, or ends in
8890 ZV. */
8891 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
8892 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8893 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
8894 && !row->ends_at_zv_p)
8895 {
8896 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8897 ++row;
8898 }
8899
8900 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
8901 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
8902 the next line would be drawn, and that
8903 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
8904 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
8905 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8906 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
8907 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
8908 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
8909 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8910 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
8911 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8912 scroll_p = 1;
8913 }
8914 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8915 {
8916 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
8917 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
8918 if-statement. */
8919 while (!row->mode_line_p
8920 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
8921 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8922 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8923 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
8924 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
8925 {
8926 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8927 --row;
8928 }
8929
8930 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
8931 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
8932 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
8933 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
8934 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
8935 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
8936 || row->mode_line_p)
8937 {
8938 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8939 if (row->mode_line_p)
8940 ++row;
8941 }
8942
8943 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
8944 skip forward over overlay strings. */
8945 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8946 && MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_OVERLAY_STRING_P (row)
8947 && !row->ends_at_zv_p)
8948 ++row;
8949
8950 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
8951 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
8952 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
8953 scroll_p = 1;
8954 }
8955
8956 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
8957 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
8958 {
8959 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
8960 rc = -1;
8961 }
8962 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8963 {
8964 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's make it
8965 fully visible, except when it's taller than the window,
8966 in which case we can't do much about it. */
8967 if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
8968 {
8969 *scroll_step = 1;
8970 rc = -1;
8971 }
8972 else
8973 {
8974 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8975 try_window (window, startp);
8976 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8977 rc = 1;
8978 }
8979 }
8980 else if (scroll_p)
8981 rc = -1;
8982 else
8983 {
8984 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8985 rc = 1;
8986 }
8987 }
8988 }
8989
8990 return rc;
8991 }
8992
8993
8994 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
8995 selected_window is redisplayed. */
8996
8997 static void
8998 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
8999 Lisp_Object window;
9000 int just_this_one_p;
9001 {
9002 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9003 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9004 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9005 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9006 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9007 int update_mode_line;
9008 int tem;
9009 struct it it;
9010 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9011 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9012 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9013 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
9014 int rc;
9015
9016 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9017 opoint = lpoint;
9018
9019 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9020 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9021 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9022 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9023 #endif
9024
9025 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9026
9027 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9028
9029 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9030 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9031 || update_mode_lines
9032 || buffer->clip_changed);
9033
9034 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9035 {
9036 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9037 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9038 {
9039 if (update_mode_line)
9040 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9041 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9042 goto finish_menu_bars;
9043 else
9044 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9045 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9046 }
9047 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9048 {
9049 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9050 active one, so clear it. */
9051 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9052 struct glyph_row *row;
9053 int y;
9054
9055 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9056 y < yb;
9057 y += row->height, ++row)
9058 blank_row (w, row, y);
9059 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9060 }
9061 }
9062
9063 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9064 value. */
9065 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9066 variables. */
9067 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9068 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9069
9070 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9071 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9072 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9073 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9074 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9075
9076 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9077 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9078 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9079 {
9080 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9081 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9082 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9083 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9084
9085 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9086 }
9087
9088 /* Some sanity checks. */
9089 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9090 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9091 abort ();
9092 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9093 abort ();
9094
9095 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9096 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9097 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9098 where no change is needed. */
9099 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9100 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9101 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9102 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9103 update_mode_line = 1;
9104
9105 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9106 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9107 if (!just_this_one_p)
9108 {
9109 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9110 current_base = current_buffer;
9111 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9112 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9113 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9114 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9115 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9116 if (current_base == window_base)
9117 buffer_shared++;
9118 }
9119
9120 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9121 window, set up appropriate value. */
9122 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9123 {
9124 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9125 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9126 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9127 {
9128 new_pt = BEGV;
9129 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9130 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9131 }
9132 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9133 {
9134 new_pt = ZV;
9135 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9136 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9137 }
9138
9139 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9140 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9141 }
9142
9143 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9144 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9145 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9146 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9147 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9148 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9149 {
9150 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9151
9152 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9153 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9154 {
9155 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9156 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9157 BEG, Z);
9158 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9159 }
9160 }
9161
9162 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9163 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9164 goto recenter;
9165
9166 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9167
9168 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9169 check whether it can be used. */
9170 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9171 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9172 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9173 {
9174 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9175 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9176 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9177 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9178 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9179 w->force_start = Qt;
9180 }
9181
9182 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9183 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9184 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9185 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9186 {
9187 w->force_start = Qnil;
9188 w->vscroll = 0;
9189 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9190
9191 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9192 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9193 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9194 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9195
9196 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9197 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9198 because we have scrolled. */
9199 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9200 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9201 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9202 and having them get more errors. */
9203 if (!update_mode_line
9204 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9205 {
9206 update_mode_line = 1;
9207 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9208 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9209 }
9210
9211 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9212 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9213 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9214 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9215 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9216 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9217
9218 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9219 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9220 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9221 {
9222 w->force_start = Qt;
9223 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9224 goto restore_buffers;
9225 }
9226
9227 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9228 {
9229 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9230 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9231 can use it here. */
9232 int window_height;
9233 struct glyph_row *row;
9234
9235 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9236 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9237 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9238 ++row;
9239
9240 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9241 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9242
9243 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9244 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9245 else if (current_buffer == old)
9246 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9247
9248 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9249
9250 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9251 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9252 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9253 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9254 {
9255 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9256 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9257 goto restore_buffers;
9258 }
9259 }
9260
9261 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9262 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9263 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9264 #endif
9265 goto done;
9266 }
9267
9268 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9269 not moved off the frame. */
9270 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9271 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9272 rc != 0))
9273 {
9274 if (rc == -1)
9275 goto try_to_scroll;
9276 else
9277 goto done;
9278 }
9279 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9280 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9281 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9282 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9283 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9284 {
9285 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9286 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9287 #endif
9288 goto recenter;
9289 }
9290
9291 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9292 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9293 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9294 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9295 be full width. */
9296 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9297 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9298 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9299 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9300 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9301 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9302 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9303 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9304 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9305 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9306 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9307 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9308 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9309 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9310 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9311 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9312 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9313 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9314 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9315 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9316 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9317 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9318 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9319 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9320 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9321 {
9322 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9323 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9324 #endif
9325
9326 if (fonts_changed_p)
9327 goto restore_buffers;
9328 if (tem > 0)
9329 goto done;
9330
9331 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9332 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9333 }
9334 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9335 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9336 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9337 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9338 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9339 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9340 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9341 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9342 {
9343 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9344 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9345 #endif
9346
9347 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9348 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9349 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9350 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9351 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9352 buffer. */
9353 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9354 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9355 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9356 {
9357 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9358 try_window (window, startp);
9359 }
9360
9361 if (fonts_changed_p)
9362 goto restore_buffers;
9363
9364 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9365 {
9366 if (!just_this_one_p
9367 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9368 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9369 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9370 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9371
9372 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9373 goto done;
9374 }
9375 else
9376 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9377 }
9378
9379 try_to_scroll:
9380
9381 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9382 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9383
9384 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9385 if (!update_mode_line)
9386 {
9387 update_mode_line = 1;
9388 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9389 }
9390
9391 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9392 if ((scroll_conservatively
9393 || scroll_step
9394 || temp_scroll_step
9395 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9396 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9397 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9398 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9399 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9400 {
9401 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9402 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9403 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9404 scroll_conservatively,
9405 scroll_step,
9406 temp_scroll_step);
9407 if (rc > 0)
9408 goto done;
9409 else if (rc < 0)
9410 goto restore_buffers;
9411 }
9412
9413 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9414
9415 recenter:
9416
9417 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9418 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9419 #endif
9420
9421 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9422
9423 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9424 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9425 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9426 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9427
9428 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9429 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9430 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9431 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9432 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9433
9434 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9435 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9436 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9437 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9438 containing PT in this case. */
9439 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9440 {
9441 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9442 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9443 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9444 it.current_y = 0;
9445 }
9446
9447 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9448
9449 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9450 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9451 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9452
9453 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9454 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9455
9456 /* Redisplay the window. */
9457 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9458 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9459 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9460 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9461 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9462 || !just_this_one_p
9463 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9464 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9465 try_window (window, startp);
9466
9467 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9468 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9469 matrices. */
9470 if (fonts_changed_p)
9471 goto restore_buffers;
9472
9473 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9474 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9475 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9476 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9477 line.) */
9478 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9479 {
9480 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9481 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9482 {
9483 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9484 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9485 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9486 }
9487 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9488 {
9489 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9490 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9491 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9492 }
9493 else
9494 {
9495 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9496 }
9497 }
9498
9499 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9500 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9501 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9502 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9503 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9504 {
9505 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9506 if (row->mode_line_p)
9507 ++row;
9508 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9509 }
9510
9511 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9512
9513 done:
9514
9515 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9516 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9517 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9518 ? Qt : Qnil);
9519
9520 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9521 if ((update_mode_line
9522 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9523 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9524 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9525 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9526 || (!just_this_one_p
9527 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9528 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9529 /* Line number to display. */
9530 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9531 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9532 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9533 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9534 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9535 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9536 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9537 {
9538 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9539
9540 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9541
9542 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9543 display_mode_lines (w);
9544 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9545
9546 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9547 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9548 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9549 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9550 {
9551 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9552 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9553 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9554 }
9555
9556 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9557 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9558 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9559 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9560 {
9561 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9562 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9563 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9564 }
9565
9566 if (fonts_changed_p)
9567 goto restore_buffers;
9568 }
9569
9570 if (!line_number_displayed
9571 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9572 {
9573 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9574 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9575 }
9576
9577 finish_menu_bars:
9578
9579 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9580 if (update_mode_line
9581 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9582 {
9583 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9584
9585 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9586 {
9587 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
9588 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9589 #else
9590 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9591 #endif
9592 }
9593 else
9594 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9595
9596 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9597 display_menu_bar (w);
9598
9599 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9600 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
9601 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
9602 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
9603 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
9604 #endif
9605 }
9606
9607 finish_scroll_bars:
9608
9609 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
9610 {
9611 int start, end, whole;
9612
9613 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9614 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9615 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9616 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9617 visible region.
9618
9619 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9620 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9621 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
9622 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
9623 {
9624 whole = ZV - BEGV;
9625 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
9626 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
9627 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
9628 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
9629
9630 if (end < start)
9631 end = start;
9632 if (whole < (end - start))
9633 whole = end - start;
9634 }
9635 else
9636 start = end = whole = 0;
9637
9638 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
9639 (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) (w, end - start, whole, start);
9640
9641 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
9642 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
9643 (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) (w);
9644 }
9645
9646 restore_buffers:
9647
9648 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
9649 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
9650 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
9651 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
9652
9653 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
9654 }
9655
9656
9657 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
9658 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
9659 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
9660 glyph matrices necessary. */
9661
9662 int
9663 try_window (window, pos)
9664 Lisp_Object window;
9665 struct text_pos pos;
9666 {
9667 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9668 struct it it;
9669 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
9670
9671 /* Make POS the new window start. */
9672 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
9673
9674 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
9675 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9676 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9677
9678 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
9679 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9680
9681 /* Display all lines of W. */
9682 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9683 {
9684 if (display_line (&it))
9685 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9686 if (fonts_changed_p)
9687 return 0;
9688 }
9689
9690 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
9691 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
9692 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
9693 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9694
9695 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
9696 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
9697 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
9698 if (last_text_row)
9699 {
9700 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
9701 w->window_end_bytepos
9702 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9703 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9704 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9705 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9706 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9707 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
9708 ->displays_text_p);
9709 }
9710 else
9711 {
9712 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9713 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9714 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9715 }
9716
9717 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
9718 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9719 return 1;
9720 }
9721
9722
9723 \f
9724 /************************************************************************
9725 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
9726 ************************************************************************/
9727
9728 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
9729 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
9730 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
9731 W->start is the new window start. */
9732
9733 static int
9734 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
9735 struct window *w;
9736 {
9737 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9738 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
9739 struct it it;
9740 struct run run;
9741 struct text_pos start, new_start;
9742 int nrows_scrolled, i;
9743 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
9744 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
9745 struct glyph_row *start_row;
9746 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
9747
9748
9749 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
9750 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9751 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
9752 or such. */
9753 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
9754 return 0;
9755
9756 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
9757 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9758 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9759 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
9760 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
9761 return 0;
9762
9763 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
9764 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9765 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
9766 return 0;
9767
9768 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
9769 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
9770 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9771 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
9772 return 0;
9773
9774 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
9775 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
9776 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
9777 start = start_row->start.pos;
9778 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
9779
9780 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
9781 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9782
9783 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
9784 {
9785 int first_row_y;
9786
9787 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
9788
9789 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
9790 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
9791 text. */
9792 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
9793 first_row_y = it.current_y;
9794 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9795 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
9796 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9797 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
9798 && !fonts_changed_p)
9799 if (display_line (&it))
9800 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9801
9802 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
9803 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
9804 have at least one reusable row. */
9805 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9806 {
9807 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
9808
9809 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
9810 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9811 {
9812 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
9813
9814 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9815 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9816 {
9817 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9818 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9819 {
9820 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
9821 dy, nrows_scrolled);
9822 break;
9823 }
9824
9825 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
9826 break;
9827
9828 ++row;
9829 }
9830
9831 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
9832 happen often; not more often than with try_window
9833 itself. */
9834 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9835 {
9836 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9837 return 0;
9838 }
9839 }
9840
9841 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
9842 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
9843 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
9844 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
9845 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
9846 in. */
9847 run.current_y = first_row_y;
9848 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
9849 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
9850 if (run.height > 0
9851 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
9852 {
9853 update_begin (f);
9854 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9855 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
9856 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9857 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
9858 update_end (f);
9859 }
9860
9861 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
9862 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9863 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9864 start_vpos,
9865 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9866 nrows_scrolled);
9867
9868 /* Disable lines not reused. */
9869 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
9870 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0;
9871
9872 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
9873 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix) + nrows_scrolled;
9874 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9875 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9876 while (row < bottom_row)
9877 {
9878 row->y = it.current_y;
9879
9880 if (row->y < min_y)
9881 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9882 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9883 row->visible_height
9884 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9885 else
9886 row->visible_height = row->height;
9887
9888 it.current_y += row->height;
9889 ++it.vpos;
9890
9891 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9892 last_reused_text_row = row;
9893 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
9894 break;
9895 ++row;
9896 }
9897 }
9898
9899 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
9900 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
9901 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
9902 containing text. */
9903 if (last_reused_text_row)
9904 {
9905 w->window_end_bytepos
9906 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
9907 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9908 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
9909 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9910 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
9911 w->current_matrix));
9912 }
9913 else if (last_text_row)
9914 {
9915 w->window_end_bytepos
9916 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9917 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9918 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9919 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9920 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9921 }
9922 else
9923 {
9924 /* This window must be completely empty. */
9925 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9926 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9927 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9928 }
9929 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9930
9931 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
9932 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9933
9934 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9935 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
9936 #endif
9937 return 1;
9938 }
9939 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
9940 {
9941 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
9942 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
9943 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
9944 int dy;
9945 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9946
9947 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
9948
9949 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
9950 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
9951 first_reusable_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9952 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9953 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
9954 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9955 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
9956 ++first_reusable_row;
9957
9958 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
9959 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
9960 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9961 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9962 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
9963 return 0;
9964
9965 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
9966 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
9967 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
9968 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
9969 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
9970 pt_row = NULL;
9971 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
9972 {
9973 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
9974 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
9975 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
9976
9977 ++first_row_to_display;
9978 }
9979
9980 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
9981 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
9982 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
9983 nrows_scrolled = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix);
9984 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
9985 - nrows_scrolled);
9986 it.current_y = first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y;
9987
9988 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
9989 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
9990 that displays text. */
9991 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9992 if (pt_row == NULL)
9993 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9994 last_text_row = NULL;
9995 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
9996 if (display_line (&it))
9997 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9998
9999 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10000 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10001 {
10002 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10003 return 0;
10004 }
10005
10006 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10007 position. */
10008 if (pt_row)
10009 {
10010 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10011 w->current_matrix);
10012 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10013 }
10014
10015 /* Scroll the display. */
10016 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10017 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10018 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10019 if (run.height)
10020 {
10021 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10022 update_begin (f);
10023 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10024 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10025 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10026 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10027 update_end (f);
10028 }
10029
10030 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10031 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10032 row = first_reusable_row;
10033 dy = first_reusable_row->y;
10034 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10035 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10036 while (row < first_row_to_display)
10037 {
10038 row->y -= dy;
10039 if (row->y < min_y)
10040 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10041 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10042 row->visible_height
10043 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10044 else
10045 row->visible_height = row->height;
10046 ++row;
10047 }
10048
10049 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10050 while (row < bottom_row)
10051 {
10052 row->enabled_p = 0;
10053 ++row;
10054 }
10055
10056 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10057 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10058 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10059 start_vpos,
10060 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10061 -nrows_scrolled);
10062
10063 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10064 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10065 only its vpos can have changed. */
10066 if (last_text_row)
10067 {
10068 w->window_end_bytepos
10069 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10070 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10071 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10072 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10073 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10074 }
10075 else
10076 {
10077 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10078 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10079 }
10080
10081 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10082 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10083
10084 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10085 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10086 #endif
10087 return 1;
10088 }
10089
10090 return 0;
10091 }
10092
10093
10094 \f
10095 /************************************************************************
10096 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10097 ************************************************************************/
10098
10099 static struct glyph_row *get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10100 static struct glyph_row *get_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10101 int *, int *));
10102 static struct glyph_row *
10103 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10104 struct glyph_row *));
10105
10106
10107 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10108 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10109 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10110 a pointer to the row found. */
10111
10112 static struct glyph_row *
10113 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10114 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10115 struct it *it;
10116 struct glyph_row *start;
10117 {
10118 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10119
10120 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10121 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10122 visible lines. */
10123 row_found = NULL;
10124 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10125 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10126 {
10127 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10128 row_found = row;
10129 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10130 break;
10131 ++row;
10132 }
10133
10134 return row_found;
10135 }
10136
10137
10138 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10139 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10140 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10141
10142 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10143 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10144 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10145 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10146 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10147 was built. */
10148
10149 static struct glyph_row *
10150 get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10151 struct window *w;
10152 {
10153 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10154 struct glyph_row *row;
10155 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10156 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10157
10158 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10159 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10160 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10161 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10162 {
10163 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10164 except in some case. */
10165 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10166 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10167 unchanged. */
10168 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10169 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10170 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10171 continued. */
10172 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10173 && row->continued_p))
10174 row_found = row;
10175
10176 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10177 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10178 break;
10179
10180 ++row;
10181 }
10182
10183 return row_found;
10184 }
10185
10186
10187 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10188 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10189 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10190 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10191 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10192 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10193 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10194
10195 static struct glyph_row *
10196 get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10197 struct window *w;
10198 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10199 {
10200 struct glyph_row *row;
10201 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10202
10203 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10204
10205 /* A value of window_end_pos >= end_unchanged means that the window
10206 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10207 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10208 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10209 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10210 return NULL;
10211
10212 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10213 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10214
10215 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10216 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10217 {
10218 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10219 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10220 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10221 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10222 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10223 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10224 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10225 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10226 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10227 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10228
10229 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10230 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10231
10232 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10233 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10234 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10235 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10236 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10237 position. */
10238 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10239 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10240
10241 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10242 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10243 while (row >= first_text_row)
10244 {
10245 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10246 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
10247
10248 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10249 row_found = row;
10250 --row;
10251 }
10252 }
10253
10254 xassert (!row_found || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found));
10255 return row_found;
10256 }
10257
10258
10259 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10260 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10261 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10262 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10263 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10264
10265 static void
10266 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10267 struct window *w;
10268 {
10269 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10270 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10271
10272 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10273 must have a frame matrix. */
10274 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10275 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10276 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10277
10278 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10279 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10280 corresponding frame matrix. */
10281 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10282 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10283 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10284 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10285 {
10286 int area;
10287
10288 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10289 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10290
10291 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10292 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10293 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10294 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10295
10296 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10297 }
10298 }
10299
10300
10301 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10302 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10303 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10304 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10305
10306 static struct glyph_row *
10307 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10308 struct window *w;
10309 int charpos;
10310 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10311 {
10312 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10313 int last_y;
10314
10315 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10316 if (row->mode_line_p)
10317 ++row;
10318
10319 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10320 return NULL;
10321
10322 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10323
10324 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10325 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10326 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10327 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10328 would rather display it in the next line, except
10329 when this line ends in ZV. */
10330 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10331 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10332 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10333 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10334 ++row;
10335
10336 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10337 if ((end && row >= end)
10338 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10339 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10340 row = NULL;
10341
10342 return row;
10343 }
10344
10345
10346 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10347 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10348 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10349
10350 Value is
10351
10352 1 if display has been updated
10353 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10354 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10355
10356 The following steps are performed:
10357
10358 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10359 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10360 is found, give up.
10361
10362 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10363 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10364
10365 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10366 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10367 the window.
10368
10369 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10370
10371 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10372 display and current matrix as needed.
10373
10374 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10375 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10376 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10377 in smaller font sizes.
10378
10379 7. Update W's window end information. */
10380
10381 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10382
10383 static int
10384 try_window_id (w)
10385 struct window *w;
10386 {
10387 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10388 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10389 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10390 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10391 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10392 struct glyph_row *row;
10393 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10394 int bottom_vpos;
10395 struct it it;
10396 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10397 struct text_pos start_pos;
10398 struct run run;
10399 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10400 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10401 struct text_pos start;
10402
10403 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10404
10405 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10406 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10407 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10408 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10409 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10410
10411 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10412 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10413 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10414 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10415 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10416 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10417 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10418 {
10419 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10420 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10421 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10422 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10423 }
10424
10425 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10426 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10427 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10428 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10429 be adjusted, of course. */
10430 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10431 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10432 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10433 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10434 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10435 {
10436 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10437 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10438
10439 if (delta)
10440 {
10441 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10442 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10443
10444 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10445 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10446 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10447 delta, delta_bytes);
10448 }
10449
10450 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10451 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10452 changed. */
10453 w->window_end_pos
10454 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10455 w->window_end_bytepos
10456 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10457 #endif
10458
10459 return 1;
10460 }
10461
10462 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10463 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10464 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10465 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10466 {
10467 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10468 size has changed. */
10469 w->window_end_pos
10470 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10471 w->window_end_bytepos
10472 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10473
10474 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10475 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10476 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10477 return 2;
10478 }
10479
10480 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10481 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10482 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10483 comparable. */
10484 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10485 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10486 return 0;
10487
10488 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10489 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10490 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10491 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10492 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10493 first line of window. */
10494 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10495 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10496 {
10497 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10498 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10499
10500 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10501 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10502 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10503 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10504 current_matrix);
10505 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10506 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10507
10508 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10509 }
10510 else
10511 {
10512 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10513 Start displaying in the first line. */
10514 start_display (&it, w, start);
10515 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10516 }
10517
10518 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10519 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10520 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10521 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10522 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10523 changes. */
10524 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10525 = get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10526 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10527 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10528
10529 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10530 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10531 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10532 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10533 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10534 stop_pos = 0;
10535 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10536 {
10537 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10538 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10539
10540 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10541 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10542 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10543 not displaying text. */
10544 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10545 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10546 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10547 < it.last_visible_y))
10548 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10549
10550 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10551 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10552 >= it.last_visible_y))
10553 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10554 else
10555 {
10556 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10557 + delta);
10558 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10559 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
10560 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
10561 }
10562 }
10563 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
10564 return 0;
10565
10566
10567 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10568
10569 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
10570 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
10571 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
10572 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10573 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
10574
10575 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
10576 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
10577 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
10578 : -1);
10579 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10580
10581 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10582
10583
10584 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
10585 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
10586 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
10587 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10588 last_text_row = NULL;
10589 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10590 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10591 && !fonts_changed_p
10592 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10593 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
10594 {
10595 if (display_line (&it))
10596 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10597 }
10598
10599 if (fonts_changed_p)
10600 return -1;
10601
10602
10603 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
10604 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
10605 scroll. */
10606 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10607 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
10608 bottom of the window. */
10609 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10610 {
10611 dvpos = (it.vpos
10612 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
10613 current_matrix));
10614 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10615 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10616 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
10617 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
10618 }
10619 else
10620 {
10621 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
10622 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10623 }
10624 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
10625
10626
10627 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
10628 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
10629 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
10630 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
10631 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
10632 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
10633 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
10634 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
10635 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10636 {
10637 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
10638 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
10639 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10640 {
10641 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
10642 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
10643 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
10644 if (row)
10645 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10646 }
10647
10648 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
10649 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10650 {
10651 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
10652 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
10653 if (row)
10654 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
10655 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
10656 }
10657
10658 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
10659 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10660 {
10661 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10662 return -1;
10663 }
10664 }
10665
10666 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
10667 {
10668 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
10669
10670 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
10671 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
10672 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
10673 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
10674 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
10675
10676 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
10677 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
10678 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
10679 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
10680 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
10681 {
10682 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10683 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10684 return -1;
10685 }
10686 }
10687
10688 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
10689 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
10690 found. */
10691 if (dy && run.height)
10692 {
10693 update_begin (f);
10694
10695 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10696 {
10697 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10698 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10699 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10700 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10701 }
10702 else
10703 {
10704 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
10705 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
10706 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10707 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
10708 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10709 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
10710
10711 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
10712 if (dvpos > 0)
10713 {
10714 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
10715 window down dvpos lines. */
10716 set_terminal_window (end);
10717
10718 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
10719 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
10720 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10721 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
10722
10723 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
10724 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10725 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
10726 }
10727 else if (dvpos < 0)
10728 {
10729 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
10730 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
10731 set_terminal_window (end);
10732
10733 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
10734 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
10735 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
10736 line sequences. */
10737 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
10738
10739 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
10740 end. */
10741 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10742 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
10743 }
10744
10745 set_terminal_window (0);
10746 }
10747
10748 update_end (f);
10749 }
10750
10751 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
10752 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
10753 text. */
10754 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10755 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
10756 if (dvpos < 0)
10757 {
10758 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10759 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10760 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
10761 bottom_vpos, 0);
10762 }
10763 else if (dvpos > 0)
10764 {
10765 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10766 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10767 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10768 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
10769 }
10770
10771 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
10772 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
10773 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10774 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
10775
10776 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
10777 if (delta)
10778 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
10779 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10780 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
10781
10782 /* Adjust Y positions. */
10783 if (dy)
10784 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
10785 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10786 bottom_vpos, dy);
10787
10788 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10789 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
10790
10791 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
10792 the window. */
10793 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
10794 if (dy < 0)
10795 {
10796 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
10797 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
10798 the matrix by dvpos. */
10799 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
10800 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
10801
10802 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
10803 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
10804
10805 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
10806 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
10807 line following it. */
10808 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10809 {
10810 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
10811 it.vpos = last_vpos;
10812 it.current_y = last_row->y;
10813 }
10814 else
10815 {
10816 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
10817 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
10818 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
10819 ++last_row;
10820 }
10821
10822 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
10823 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
10824 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
10825 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
10826
10827 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
10828 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10829 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10830 && !fonts_changed_p)
10831 {
10832 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
10833 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
10834 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
10835 enabled_p flag to zero. */
10836 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
10837 if (display_line (&it))
10838 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
10839 }
10840 }
10841
10842 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
10843 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10844 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
10845 && !last_text_row_at_end)
10846 {
10847 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
10848 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
10849 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
10850 scrolling. */
10851 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
10852 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
10853 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
10854 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
10855
10856 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10857 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10858 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10859 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
10860 }
10861 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
10862 {
10863 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10864 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
10865 w->window_end_bytepos
10866 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
10867 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10868 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
10869 }
10870 else if (last_text_row)
10871 {
10872 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
10873 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
10874 in the desired matrix. */
10875 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10876 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10877 w->window_end_bytepos
10878 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10879 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10880 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
10881 }
10882 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10883 && last_text_row == NULL
10884 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
10885 {
10886 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
10887 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
10888 int vpos;
10889 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
10890
10891 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
10892 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10893 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
10894 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10895 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
10896 break;
10897
10898 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
10899 }
10900 else
10901 abort ();
10902
10903 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10904 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10905
10906 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
10907 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10908 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10909 return 3;
10910 }
10911
10912
10913 \f
10914 /***********************************************************************
10915 More debugging support
10916 ***********************************************************************/
10917
10918 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10919
10920 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
10921 static void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
10922
10923
10924 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr. If
10925 WITH_GLYPHS_P is non-zero, dump glyph contents as well. */
10926
10927 static void
10928 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, with_glyphs_p)
10929 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10930 int with_glyphs_p;
10931 {
10932 int i;
10933 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
10934 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, with_glyphs_p);
10935 }
10936
10937
10938 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
10939 WITH_GLYPH_SP non-zero means dump glyph contents, too. */
10940
10941 void
10942 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, with_glyphs_p)
10943 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10944 int vpos, with_glyphs_p;
10945 {
10946 struct glyph_row *row;
10947
10948 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
10949 return;
10950
10951 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
10952
10953 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFes X Y W H V A P\n");
10954 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
10955
10956 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
10957 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
10958 row - matrix->rows,
10959 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10960 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
10961 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
10962 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
10963 row->enabled_p,
10964 row->inverse_p,
10965 row->truncated_on_left_p,
10966 row->truncated_on_right_p,
10967 row->overlay_arrow_p,
10968 row->continued_p,
10969 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
10970 row->displays_text_p,
10971 row->ends_at_zv_p,
10972 row->fill_line_p,
10973 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
10974 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
10975 row->x,
10976 row->y,
10977 row->pixel_width,
10978 row->height,
10979 row->visible_height,
10980 row->ascent,
10981 row->phys_ascent);
10982 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
10983 row->end.overlay_string_index);
10984 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
10985 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
10986 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
10987 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
10988 row->end.dpvec_index);
10989
10990 if (with_glyphs_p)
10991 {
10992 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
10993 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
10994
10995 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10996 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10997
10998 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
10999 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11000 ++glyph_end;
11001
11002 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11003 {
11004 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11005 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11006 }
11007 else
11008 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11009
11010 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11011 {
11012 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11013 {
11014 fprintf (stderr,
11015 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11016 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11017 'C',
11018 glyph->charpos,
11019 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11020 ? 'B'
11021 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11022 ? 'S'
11023 : '-')),
11024 glyph->pixel_width,
11025 glyph->u.ch,
11026 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11027 ? glyph->u.ch
11028 : '.'),
11029 glyph->face_id,
11030 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11031 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11032 }
11033 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11034 {
11035 fprintf (stderr,
11036 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11037 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11038 'S',
11039 glyph->charpos,
11040 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11041 ? 'B'
11042 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11043 ? 'S'
11044 : '-')),
11045 glyph->pixel_width,
11046 0,
11047 '.',
11048 glyph->face_id,
11049 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11050 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11051 }
11052 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11053 {
11054 fprintf (stderr,
11055 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11056 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11057 'I',
11058 glyph->charpos,
11059 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11060 ? 'B'
11061 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11062 ? 'S'
11063 : '-')),
11064 glyph->pixel_width,
11065 glyph->u.img_id,
11066 '.',
11067 glyph->face_id,
11068 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11069 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11070 }
11071 ++glyph;
11072 }
11073 }
11074 }
11075
11076
11077 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11078 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11079 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11080 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil optional\n\
11081 parameter WITH-GLYPHS-P, dump glyphs as well.")
11082 (with_glyphs_p)
11083 Lisp_Object with_glyphs_p;
11084 {
11085 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11086 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11087
11088 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11089 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11090 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11091 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11092 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11093 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix, !NILP (with_glyphs_p));
11094 return Qnil;
11095 }
11096
11097
11098 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 1, "",
11099 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.")
11100 (row)
11101 Lisp_Object row;
11102 {
11103 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11104 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix, XINT (row), 1);
11105 return Qnil;
11106 }
11107
11108
11109 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
11110 0, 0, "", "")
11111 ()
11112 {
11113 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11114 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)
11115 ->current_matrix);
11116 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
11117 return Qnil;
11118 }
11119
11120
11121 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11122 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11123 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11124 ()
11125 {
11126 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11127 return Qnil;
11128 }
11129
11130
11131 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11132 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11133 (string)
11134 Lisp_Object string;
11135 {
11136 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11137 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11138 return Qnil;
11139 }
11140
11141 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11142
11143
11144 \f
11145 /***********************************************************************
11146 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11147 ***********************************************************************/
11148
11149 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11150 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11151
11152 static struct glyph_row *
11153 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11154 struct window *w;
11155 {
11156 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11157 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11158 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11159 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11160 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11161 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11162 unsigned char *p;
11163 struct it it;
11164 int multibyte_p;
11165 int n_glyphs_before;
11166
11167 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11168 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11169 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11170 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11171
11172 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11173 p = arrow_string;
11174 while (p < arrow_end)
11175 {
11176 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11177
11178 /* Get the next character. */
11179 if (multibyte_p)
11180 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11181 else
11182 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11183 p += it.len;
11184
11185 /* Get its face. */
11186 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11187 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11188 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11189
11190 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11191 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11192 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11193 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11194
11195 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11196 to remove some glyphs. */
11197 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11198 {
11199 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11200 break;
11201 }
11202 }
11203
11204 set_buffer_temp (old);
11205 return it.glyph_row;
11206 }
11207
11208
11209 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11210 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11211 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11212 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11213 produce_special_glyphs. */
11214
11215 static void
11216 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11217 struct it *it;
11218 {
11219 struct it truncate_it;
11220 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11221
11222 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11223
11224 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11225 truncate_it = *it;
11226 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11227 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11228 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11229 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11230 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11231 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11232 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11233
11234 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11235 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11236 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11237 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11238 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11239
11240 while (from < end)
11241 *to++ = *from++;
11242
11243 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
11244 from = to;
11245 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
11246 ++from;
11247 while (from < toend)
11248 *to++ = *from++;
11249
11250 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11251 }
11252
11253
11254 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11255
11256 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11257 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11258 structure. This is not the case if
11259
11260 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11261 and max_height will be zero.
11262
11263 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11264 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11265 pixmap extensions).
11266
11267 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11268 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11269 must not be zero. */
11270
11271 static void
11272 compute_line_metrics (it)
11273 struct it *it;
11274 {
11275 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11276 int area, i;
11277
11278 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11279 {
11280 int i, header_line_height;
11281
11282 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11283 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11284 computed yet. */
11285 if (row->height == 0)
11286 {
11287 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11288 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11289 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11290 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11291 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11292 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11293 }
11294
11295 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11296 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11297 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11298 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11299
11300 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11301 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11302
11303 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11304 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11305
11306 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11307 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11308 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11309 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11310 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11311 {
11312 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11313 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11314 }
11315
11316 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11317 row->visible_height = row->height;
11318
11319 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11320 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11321 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11322 else
11323 {
11324 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11325 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11326 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11327 }
11328 }
11329 else
11330 {
11331 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11332 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11333 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11334 }
11335
11336 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11337 row->hash = 0;
11338 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11339 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11340 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11341 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11342 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11343 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11344 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11345
11346 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11347 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11348 }
11349
11350
11351 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11352 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11353 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11354 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11355
11356 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11357 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11358 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11359 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11360
11361 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11362 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11363
11364 static int
11365 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11366 struct it *it;
11367 int default_face_p;
11368 {
11369 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11370 {
11371 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11372
11373 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11374 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11375 {
11376 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11377 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11378 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11379 int saved_what = it->what;
11380 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11381 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11382 struct face *face;
11383
11384 saved_object = it->object;
11385 saved_pos = it->position;
11386
11387 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11388 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11389 it->object = make_number (0);
11390 it->c = ' ';
11391 it->len = 1;
11392
11393 if (default_face_p)
11394 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11395 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11396 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11397
11398 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11399
11400 it->current_x = saved_x;
11401 it->object = saved_object;
11402 it->position = saved_pos;
11403 it->what = saved_what;
11404 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11405 return 1;
11406 }
11407 }
11408
11409 return 0;
11410 }
11411
11412
11413 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11414 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11415 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11416 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11417
11418 static void
11419 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11420 struct it *it;
11421 {
11422 struct face *face;
11423 struct frame *f = it->f;
11424
11425 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11426 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11427 return;
11428
11429 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11430 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11431 of the frame, we haven't to do anything. */
11432 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11433 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11434 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11435 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11436 && !face->stipple)
11437 return;
11438
11439 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11440 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11441 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11442
11443 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11444 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11445 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11446 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11447 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11448 {
11449 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11450 }
11451
11452 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11453 {
11454 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11455 so that we know which face to draw. */
11456 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11457 {
11458 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11459 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11460 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11461 }
11462 }
11463 else
11464 {
11465 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11466 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11467 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11468 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11469 int saved_what = it->what;
11470
11471 saved_object = it->object;
11472 saved_pos = it->position;
11473
11474 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11475 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11476 it->object = make_number (0);
11477 it->c = ' ';
11478 it->len = 1;
11479
11480 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11481
11482 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11483 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11484
11485 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11486 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11487 it->current_x = saved_x;
11488 it->object = saved_object;
11489 it->position = saved_pos;
11490 it->what = saved_what;
11491 }
11492 }
11493
11494
11495 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
11496 trailing whitespace. */
11497
11498 static int
11499 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
11500 int charpos;
11501 {
11502 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
11503 int c = 0;
11504
11505 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
11506 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
11507 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
11508 ++bytepos;
11509
11510 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
11511 {
11512 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
11513 return 1;
11514 }
11515 return 0;
11516 }
11517
11518
11519 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
11520
11521 void
11522 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
11523 struct frame *f;
11524 struct glyph_row *row;
11525 {
11526 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11527
11528 if (used)
11529 {
11530 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11531 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
11532
11533 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
11534 cursor at the end of a line. */
11535 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11536 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
11537 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
11538 --glyph;
11539
11540 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
11541 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
11542 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
11543 if (glyph >= start
11544 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11545 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11546 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11547 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
11548 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
11549 {
11550 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
11551
11552 while (glyph >= start
11553 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11554 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11555 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11556 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
11557 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
11558 }
11559 }
11560 }
11561
11562
11563 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
11564 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
11565 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
11566 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
11567 only. */
11568
11569 static int
11570 display_line (it)
11571 struct it *it;
11572 {
11573 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11574
11575 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
11576 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
11577
11578 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
11579 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
11580 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
11581
11582 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
11583 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
11584
11585 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
11586 prepare_desired_row (row);
11587
11588 row->y = it->current_y;
11589 row->start = it->current;
11590 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
11591 row->displays_text_p = 1;
11592 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
11593 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
11594
11595 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
11596 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
11597 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
11598 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
11599 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
11600 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
11601
11602 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
11603 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
11604 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
11605 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
11606 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
11607 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
11608
11609 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
11610 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
11611 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11612 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11613 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11614 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11615
11616 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
11617 character to display. */
11618 while (1)
11619 {
11620 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
11621 int x, i, nglyphs;
11622 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
11623
11624 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
11625 buffer reached. */
11626 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
11627 {
11628 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
11629 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
11630 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
11631 to -1. */
11632 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
11633 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11634 {
11635 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
11636 row->displays_text_p = 0;
11637
11638 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
11639 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
11640 }
11641
11642 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11643 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
11644 break;
11645 }
11646
11647 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
11648 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
11649 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11650 x = it->current_x;
11651
11652 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
11653 fit on the line. */
11654 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
11655 {
11656 ascent = it->max_ascent;
11657 descent = it->max_descent;
11658 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11659 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
11660 }
11661
11662 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11663
11664 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
11665 the next one. */
11666 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
11667 {
11668 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11669 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11670 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11671 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11672 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11673 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11674 continue;
11675 }
11676
11677 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
11678 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
11679 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
11680 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
11681 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
11682 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
11683 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
11684 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
11685 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
11686 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
11687 hpos_before = it->hpos;
11688 x_before = x;
11689
11690 if (nglyphs == 1
11691 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
11692 {
11693 ++it->hpos;
11694 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11695 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11696 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11697 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11698 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11699 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
11700 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11701 }
11702 else
11703 {
11704 int new_x;
11705 struct glyph *glyph;
11706
11707 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
11708 {
11709 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
11710 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
11711
11712 if (/* Lines are continued. */
11713 !it->truncate_lines_p
11714 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
11715 new_x > it->last_visible_x
11716 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
11717 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
11718 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
11719 {
11720 /* End of a continued line. */
11721
11722 if (it->hpos == 0
11723 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
11724 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
11725 {
11726 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
11727 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
11728 the line because we can't draw the cursor
11729 after the glyph. */
11730 row->continued_p = 1;
11731 it->current_x = new_x;
11732 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
11733 ++it->hpos;
11734 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
11735 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11736 }
11737 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
11738 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11739 {
11740 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
11741 This means the whole character doesn't fit
11742 on the line. */
11743 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11744
11745 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
11746 glyphs like in 20.x. */
11747 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
11748 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11749 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
11750
11751 row->continued_p = 1;
11752 it->current_x = x_before;
11753 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
11754
11755 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
11756 element not fitting on the line. */
11757 it->max_ascent = ascent;
11758 it->max_descent = descent;
11759 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
11760 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
11761 }
11762 else
11763 {
11764 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
11765 the window. Restore positions to values
11766 before the element. The next line starts
11767 with current_x before the glyph that could
11768 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
11769 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
11770
11771 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
11772 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11773 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
11774 row->continued_p = 1;
11775
11776 it->current_x = x;
11777 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
11778 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
11779 {
11780 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
11781 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
11782 }
11783
11784 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
11785 element not fitting on the line. */
11786 it->max_ascent = ascent;
11787 it->max_descent = descent;
11788 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
11789 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
11790 }
11791
11792 break;
11793 }
11794 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
11795 {
11796 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
11797 ++it->hpos;
11798
11799 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
11800 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
11801 negative X position. */
11802 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11803 }
11804 else
11805 {
11806 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
11807 window. This should not happen because of the
11808 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
11809 this function. */
11810 abort ();
11811 }
11812 }
11813
11814 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11815 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11816 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11817 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11818 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11819
11820 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
11821 if (row->continued_p)
11822 break;
11823 }
11824
11825 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
11826 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
11827 margin of the window. */
11828 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
11829 {
11830 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11831
11832 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
11833 display the cursor there. */
11834 append_space (it, 0);
11835
11836 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
11837 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
11838
11839 /* Make sure we have the position. */
11840 if (used_before == 0)
11841 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
11842
11843 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
11844 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11845 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11846 break;
11847 }
11848
11849 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
11850 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
11851 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11852
11853 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
11854 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
11855 if (it->truncate_lines_p
11856 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
11857 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11858 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
11859 {
11860 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
11861 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11862 {
11863 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11864 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11865 }
11866
11867 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
11868 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11869 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
11870 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
11871 it->hpos = hpos_before;
11872 it->current_x = x_before;
11873 break;
11874 }
11875 }
11876
11877 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
11878 at the left window margin. */
11879 if (it->first_visible_x
11880 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
11881 {
11882 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11883 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
11884 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
11885 }
11886
11887 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
11888 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
11889 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
11890 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
11891 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
11892 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
11893 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11894 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11895 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
11896 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
11897 {
11898 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
11899 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11900 {
11901 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
11902 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11903 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11904 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11905 struct glyph *p2, *end;
11906
11907 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
11908 while (glyph < arrow_end)
11909 *p++ = *glyph++;
11910
11911 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
11912 p2 = p;
11913 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11914 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
11915 ++p2;
11916 if (p2 > p)
11917 {
11918 while (p2 < end)
11919 *p++ = *p2++;
11920 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11921 }
11922 }
11923
11924 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
11925 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
11926 }
11927
11928 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
11929 compute_line_metrics (it);
11930
11931 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
11932 row->end = it->current;
11933
11934 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
11935 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
11936 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11937 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11938 {
11939 /* Also see redisplay_window, case cursor movement in unchanged
11940 window. */
11941 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
11942 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
11943 && !row->ends_at_zv_p)
11944 ;
11945 else
11946 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11947 }
11948
11949 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
11950 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11951 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
11952
11953 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
11954 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
11955 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
11956 row to be used. */
11957 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
11958 it->current_y += row->height;
11959 ++it->vpos;
11960 ++it->glyph_row;
11961 return row->displays_text_p;
11962 }
11963
11964
11965 \f
11966 /***********************************************************************
11967 Menu Bar
11968 ***********************************************************************/
11969
11970 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
11971
11972 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
11973 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
11974
11975 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
11976 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
11977 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
11978 for the menu bar. */
11979
11980 static void
11981 display_menu_bar (w)
11982 struct window *w;
11983 {
11984 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11985 struct it it;
11986 Lisp_Object items;
11987 int i;
11988
11989 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
11990 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
11991 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
11992 return;
11993 #endif
11994 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11995 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
11996 return;
11997 #endif
11998
11999 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12000 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12001 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12002 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12003 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12004 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12005 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12006 {
12007 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12008 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12009 struct window *menu_w;
12010 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12011 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12012 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12013 MENU_FACE_ID);
12014 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12015 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12016 }
12017 else
12018 {
12019 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12020 pixel x/y. */
12021 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12022 MENU_FACE_ID);
12023 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12024 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12025 }
12026 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12027
12028 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12029 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12030 {
12031 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12032 clear_glyph_row (row);
12033 row->enabled_p = 1;
12034 row->full_width_p = 1;
12035 }
12036
12037 /* Make the first line of the menu bar appear in reverse video. */
12038 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
12039
12040 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12041 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12042 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12043 {
12044 Lisp_Object string;
12045
12046 /* Stop at nil string. */
12047 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12048 if (NILP (string))
12049 break;
12050
12051 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12052 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12053
12054 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12055 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12056 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12057 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12058 }
12059
12060 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12061 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12062 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12063
12064 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12065 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12066 }
12067
12068
12069 \f
12070 /***********************************************************************
12071 Mode Line
12072 ***********************************************************************/
12073
12074 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12075 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12076 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12077 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12078
12079 static int
12080 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12081 Lisp_Object window;
12082 int force;
12083 {
12084 int nwindows = 0;
12085
12086 while (!NILP (window))
12087 {
12088 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12089
12090 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12091 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12092 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12093 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12094 else if (force
12095 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12096 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12097 {
12098 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12099 struct text_pos lpoint;
12100 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12101
12102 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12103 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12104 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12105
12106 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12107 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12108 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12109 {
12110 struct text_pos pt;
12111
12112 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12113 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12114 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12115 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12116 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12117 else
12118 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12119 }
12120
12121 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12122 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12123 selected_frame = w->frame;
12124
12125 /* Display mode lines. */
12126 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12127 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12128 {
12129 ++nwindows;
12130 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12131 }
12132
12133 /* Restore old settings. */
12134 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12135 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12136 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12137 }
12138
12139 window = w->next;
12140 }
12141
12142 return nwindows;
12143 }
12144
12145
12146 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12147 of mode lines displayed. */
12148
12149 static int
12150 display_mode_lines (w)
12151 struct window *w;
12152 {
12153 int n = 0;
12154
12155 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12156 line_number_displayed = 0;
12157 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12158
12159 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12160 {
12161 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12162 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12163 ++n;
12164 }
12165
12166 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12167 {
12168 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12169 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12170 ++n;
12171 }
12172
12173 return n;
12174 }
12175
12176
12177 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12178 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12179 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. */
12180
12181 static void
12182 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12183 struct window *w;
12184 enum face_id face_id;
12185 Lisp_Object format;
12186 {
12187 struct it it;
12188 struct face *face;
12189
12190 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12191 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12192
12193 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12194 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12195 values. */
12196 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12197 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12198 pop_frame_kboard ();
12199
12200 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12201 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12202
12203 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12204 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12205 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12206 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
12207 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12208 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12209 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12210
12211 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12212 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12213 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12214 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12215 {
12216 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12217 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12218 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12219 }
12220 }
12221
12222
12223 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12224 translates into text depends on its data type.
12225
12226 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12227
12228 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12229 infinite recursion here.
12230
12231 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12232 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12233 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12234 display_string for details. *
12235
12236 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12237
12238 static int
12239 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12240 struct it *it;
12241 int depth;
12242 int field_width, precision;
12243 Lisp_Object elt;
12244 {
12245 int n = 0, field, prec;
12246
12247 tail_recurse:
12248 if (depth > 10)
12249 goto invalid;
12250
12251 depth++;
12252
12253 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12254 {
12255 case Lisp_String:
12256 {
12257 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12258 unsigned char c;
12259 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12260 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12261
12262 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12263 && *this
12264 && (frame_title_ptr
12265 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12266 {
12267 unsigned char *last = this;
12268
12269 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12270 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12271 ;
12272
12273 if (this - 1 != last)
12274 {
12275 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12276 is length of string. Don't output more than
12277 PRECISION allows us. */
12278 prec = --this - last;
12279 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12280 prec = precision - n;
12281
12282 if (frame_title_ptr)
12283 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
12284 else
12285 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12286 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12287 }
12288 else /* c == '%' */
12289 {
12290 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12291
12292 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12293 don't pad. */
12294 field = 0;
12295 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12296 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12297
12298 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12299 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12300 field = field_width - n;
12301
12302 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12303 prec = precision - n;
12304
12305 if (c == 'M')
12306 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12307 Vglobal_mode_string);
12308 else if (c != 0)
12309 {
12310 unsigned char *spec
12311 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12312
12313 if (frame_title_ptr)
12314 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12315 else
12316 {
12317 int nglyphs_before
12318 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12319 int charpos
12320 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12321 int nwritten
12322 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12323 field, prec, 0, -1);
12324
12325 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12326 string where the `%x' came from, position
12327 of the `%'. */
12328 if (nwritten > 0)
12329 {
12330 struct glyph *glyph
12331 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12332 + nglyphs_before);
12333 int i;
12334
12335 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12336 {
12337 glyph[i].object = elt;
12338 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12339 }
12340
12341 n += nwritten;
12342 }
12343 }
12344 }
12345 }
12346 }
12347 }
12348 break;
12349
12350 case Lisp_Symbol:
12351 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12352 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12353 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12354 literally. */
12355 {
12356 register Lisp_Object tem;
12357 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12358 if (!NILP (tem))
12359 {
12360 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12361 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12362 don't check for % within it. */
12363 if (STRINGP (tem))
12364 {
12365 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
12366 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12367 prec = precision - n;
12368 if (frame_title_ptr)
12369 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12370 else
12371 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12372 0, prec, 0, -1);
12373 }
12374 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12375 {
12376 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12377 elt = tem;
12378 goto tail_recurse;
12379 }
12380 }
12381 }
12382 break;
12383
12384 case Lisp_Cons:
12385 {
12386 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12387
12388 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12389 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12390 and effectively concatenate them.
12391 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12392 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12393 to at least that many characters.
12394 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12395 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12396 car = XCAR (elt);
12397 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12398 {
12399 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12400 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12401 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12402 Lisp_Object spec;
12403
12404 spec = eval_form (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12405 GCPRO1 (spec);
12406 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12407 precision - n, spec);
12408 UNGCPRO;
12409 }
12410 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12411 {
12412 tem = Fboundp (car);
12413 elt = XCDR (elt);
12414 if (!CONSP (elt))
12415 goto invalid;
12416 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12417 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12418 if (!NILP (tem))
12419 {
12420 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12421 if (!NILP (tem))
12422 {
12423 elt = XCAR (elt);
12424 goto tail_recurse;
12425 }
12426 }
12427 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12428 Get the cddr of the original list
12429 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12430 elt = XCDR (elt);
12431 if (NILP (elt))
12432 break;
12433 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12434 goto invalid;
12435 elt = XCAR (elt);
12436 goto tail_recurse;
12437 }
12438 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12439 {
12440 register int lim = XINT (car);
12441 elt = XCDR (elt);
12442 if (lim < 0)
12443 {
12444 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
12445 if (precision <= 0)
12446 precision = -lim;
12447 else
12448 precision = min (precision, -lim);
12449 }
12450 else if (lim > 0)
12451 {
12452 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
12453 current maximum. */
12454 if (precision > 0)
12455 lim = min (precision, lim);
12456
12457 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
12458 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
12459 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
12460 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
12461 }
12462 goto tail_recurse;
12463 }
12464 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
12465 {
12466 register int limit = 50;
12467 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
12468 while (CONSP (elt)
12469 && --limit > 0
12470 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
12471 {
12472 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12473 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
12474 elt = XCDR (elt);
12475 }
12476 }
12477 }
12478 break;
12479
12480 default:
12481 invalid:
12482 if (frame_title_ptr)
12483 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
12484 else
12485 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
12486 precision - n, 0, 0);
12487 return n;
12488 }
12489
12490 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
12491 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
12492 {
12493 if (frame_title_ptr)
12494 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
12495 else
12496 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
12497 0, 0, 0);
12498 }
12499
12500 return n;
12501 }
12502
12503
12504 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
12505 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
12506
12507 static void
12508 pint2str (buf, width, d)
12509 register char *buf;
12510 register int width;
12511 register int d;
12512 {
12513 register char *p = buf;
12514
12515 if (d <= 0)
12516 *p++ = '0';
12517 else
12518 {
12519 while (d > 0)
12520 {
12521 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
12522 d /= 10;
12523 }
12524 }
12525
12526 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
12527 *p++ = ' ';
12528 *p-- = '\0';
12529 while (p > buf)
12530 {
12531 d = *buf;
12532 *buf++ = *p;
12533 *p-- = d;
12534 }
12535 }
12536
12537 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
12538 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
12539 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
12540
12541 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
12542
12543 static char *
12544 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
12545 Lisp_Object coding_system;
12546 register char *buf;
12547 int eol_flag;
12548 {
12549 Lisp_Object val;
12550 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
12551 unsigned char *eol_str;
12552 int eol_str_len;
12553 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
12554 Lisp_Object eoltype;
12555
12556 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
12557 eoltype = Qnil;
12558
12559 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
12560 {
12561 if (multibyte)
12562 *buf++ = '-';
12563 if (eol_flag)
12564 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
12565 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
12566 }
12567 else
12568 {
12569 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
12570
12571 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
12572
12573 if (multibyte)
12574 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
12575
12576 if (eol_flag)
12577 {
12578 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
12579
12580 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
12581 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
12582 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
12583 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
12584 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
12585 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
12586 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
12587 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
12588 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
12589 }
12590 }
12591
12592 if (eol_flag)
12593 {
12594 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
12595 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
12596 {
12597 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
12598 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
12599 }
12600 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
12601 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
12602 {
12603 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
12604 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
12605 }
12606 else
12607 {
12608 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
12609 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
12610 }
12611 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
12612 buf += eol_str_len;
12613 }
12614
12615 return buf;
12616 }
12617
12618 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
12619 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
12620 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
12621 string returned with spaces to that value. */
12622
12623 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
12624
12625 static char *
12626 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
12627 struct window *w;
12628 register int c;
12629 int field_width, precision;
12630 {
12631 Lisp_Object obj;
12632 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12633 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
12634 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
12635
12636 obj = Qnil;
12637
12638 switch (c)
12639 {
12640 case '*':
12641 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
12642 return "%";
12643 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
12644 return "*";
12645 return "-";
12646
12647 case '+':
12648 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
12649 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
12650 return "*";
12651 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
12652 return "%";
12653 return "-";
12654
12655 case '&':
12656 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
12657 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
12658 return "*";
12659 return "-";
12660
12661 case '%':
12662 return "%";
12663
12664 case '[':
12665 {
12666 int i;
12667 char *p;
12668
12669 if (command_loop_level > 5)
12670 return "[[[... ";
12671 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12672 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
12673 *p++ = '[';
12674 *p = 0;
12675 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12676 }
12677
12678 case ']':
12679 {
12680 int i;
12681 char *p;
12682
12683 if (command_loop_level > 5)
12684 return " ...]]]";
12685 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12686 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
12687 *p++ = ']';
12688 *p = 0;
12689 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12690 }
12691
12692 case '-':
12693 {
12694 register int i;
12695
12696 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
12697 if (field_width <= 0
12698 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
12699 {
12700 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
12701 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
12702 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
12703 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12704 }
12705 else
12706 return lots_of_dashes;
12707 }
12708
12709 case 'b':
12710 obj = b->name;
12711 break;
12712
12713 case 'c':
12714 {
12715 int col = current_column ();
12716 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
12717 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
12718 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12719 }
12720
12721 case 'F':
12722 /* %F displays the frame name. */
12723 if (!NILP (f->title))
12724 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
12725 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12726 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
12727 return "Emacs";
12728
12729 case 'f':
12730 obj = b->filename;
12731 break;
12732
12733 case 'l':
12734 {
12735 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
12736 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
12737 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
12738 int nlines, junk;
12739 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
12740
12741 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
12742 don't forget that too fast. */
12743 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
12744 goto no_value;
12745 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
12746 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
12747 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
12748
12749 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
12750 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
12751 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
12752 {
12753 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
12754 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
12755 goto no_value;
12756 }
12757
12758 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
12759 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
12760 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
12761 {
12762 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
12763 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
12764 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
12765 }
12766 else
12767 {
12768 line = 1;
12769 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
12770 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
12771 }
12772
12773 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
12774 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
12775 startpos_byte,
12776 startpos, &junk);
12777
12778 topline = nlines + line;
12779
12780 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
12781 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
12782 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
12783 go back past it. */
12784 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
12785 {
12786 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
12787 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
12788 }
12789 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
12790 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
12791 {
12792 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
12793 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
12794 int position;
12795 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
12796
12797 if (startpos - distance > limit)
12798 {
12799 limit = startpos - distance;
12800 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
12801 }
12802
12803 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
12804 limit_byte,
12805 - (height * 2 + 30),
12806 &position);
12807 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
12808 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
12809 give up on line numbers for this window. */
12810 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
12811 {
12812 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
12813 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
12814 goto no_value;
12815 }
12816
12817 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
12818 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
12819 }
12820
12821 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
12822 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
12823 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
12824
12825 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
12826 line_number_displayed = 1;
12827
12828 /* Make the string to show. */
12829 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
12830 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12831 no_value:
12832 {
12833 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12834 int pad = field_width - 2;
12835 while (pad-- > 0)
12836 *p++ = ' ';
12837 *p++ = '?';
12838 *p++ = '?';
12839 *p = '\0';
12840 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12841 }
12842 }
12843 break;
12844
12845 case 'm':
12846 obj = b->mode_name;
12847 break;
12848
12849 case 'n':
12850 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
12851 return " Narrow";
12852 break;
12853
12854 case 'p':
12855 {
12856 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
12857 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12858
12859 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
12860 {
12861 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12862 return "All";
12863 else
12864 return "Bottom";
12865 }
12866 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12867 return "Top";
12868 else
12869 {
12870 if (total > 1000000)
12871 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12872 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12873 else
12874 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12875 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12876 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12877 if (total == 100)
12878 total = 99;
12879 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12880 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12881 }
12882 }
12883
12884 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
12885 case 'P':
12886 {
12887 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
12888 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12889 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12890
12891 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
12892 {
12893 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12894 return "All";
12895 else
12896 return "Bottom";
12897 }
12898 else
12899 {
12900 if (total > 1000000)
12901 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12902 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12903 else
12904 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12905 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12906 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12907 if (total == 100)
12908 total = 99;
12909 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12910 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
12911 else
12912 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12913 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12914 }
12915 }
12916
12917 case 's':
12918 /* status of process */
12919 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
12920 if (NILP (obj))
12921 return "no process";
12922 #ifdef subprocesses
12923 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
12924 #endif
12925 break;
12926
12927 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
12928 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
12929 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
12930 #else
12931 return "T";
12932 #endif
12933
12934 case 'z':
12935 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
12936 case 'Z':
12937 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
12938 {
12939 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
12940 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12941
12942 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12943 {
12944 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
12945 to do EOL conversion. */
12946 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12947 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12948 }
12949 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
12950 p, eol_flag);
12951
12952 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
12953 #ifdef subprocesses
12954 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
12955 if (PROCESSP (obj))
12956 {
12957 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
12958 p, eol_flag);
12959 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
12960 p, eol_flag);
12961 }
12962 #endif /* subprocesses */
12963 #endif /* 0 */
12964 *p = 0;
12965 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12966 }
12967 }
12968
12969 if (STRINGP (obj))
12970 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
12971 else
12972 return "";
12973 }
12974
12975
12976 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
12977 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
12978 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
12979
12980 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
12981
12982 static int
12983 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
12984 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
12985 int *byte_pos_ptr;
12986 {
12987 register unsigned char *cursor;
12988 unsigned char *base;
12989
12990 register int ceiling;
12991 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
12992 int orig_count = count;
12993
12994 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
12995 check only for newlines. */
12996 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
12997 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
12998
12999 if (count > 0)
13000 {
13001 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13002 {
13003 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13004 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13005 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13006 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13007 while (1)
13008 {
13009 if (selective_display)
13010 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13011 ;
13012 else
13013 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13014 ;
13015
13016 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13017 {
13018 if (--count == 0)
13019 {
13020 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13021 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13022 return orig_count;
13023 }
13024 else
13025 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13026 break;
13027 }
13028 else
13029 break;
13030 }
13031 start_byte += cursor - base;
13032 }
13033 }
13034 else
13035 {
13036 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13037 {
13038 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13039 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13040 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13041 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13042 while (1)
13043 {
13044 if (selective_display)
13045 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13046 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13047 ;
13048 else
13049 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13050 ;
13051
13052 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13053 {
13054 if (++count == 0)
13055 {
13056 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13057 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13058 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13059 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13060 return - orig_count - 1;
13061 }
13062 }
13063 else
13064 break;
13065 }
13066 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13067 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13068 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13069 }
13070 }
13071
13072 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13073
13074 if (count < 0)
13075 return - orig_count + count;
13076 return orig_count - count;
13077
13078 }
13079
13080
13081 \f
13082 /***********************************************************************
13083 Displaying strings
13084 ***********************************************************************/
13085
13086 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13087
13088 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13089 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13090
13091 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13092 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13093 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13094
13095 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13096 standard display table, temporarily.
13097
13098 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13099 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13100 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13101 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13102
13103 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13104 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13105
13106 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13107
13108 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13109 ----------------------------------------
13110 -1 -1 %s
13111 -1 10 %.10s
13112 10 -1 %10s
13113 20 10 %20.10s
13114
13115 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13116 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13117 enable_multibyte_characters.
13118
13119 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13120
13121 static int
13122 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13123 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13124 unsigned char *string;
13125 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13126 Lisp_Object face_string;
13127 int face_string_pos;
13128 int start;
13129 struct it *it;
13130 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13131 int multibyte;
13132 {
13133 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13134 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13135 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13136
13137 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13138 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13139 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13140 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13141 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13142 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13143
13144 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13145 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13146 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13147 {
13148 int endptr;
13149 struct face *face;
13150
13151 it->face_id
13152 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13153 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13154 it->region_end_charpos,
13155 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13156 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13157 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13158 }
13159
13160 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13161 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13162 if (max_x <= 0)
13163 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13164 else
13165 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13166
13167 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13168 hscrolled. */
13169 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13170 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13171 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13172
13173 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13174 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13175 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13176 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13177
13178 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13179 past last_visible_x. */
13180 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13181 {
13182 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13183
13184 /* Get the next display element. */
13185 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13186 break;
13187
13188 /* Produce glyphs. */
13189 x_before = it->current_x;
13190 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13191 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13192
13193 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13194 i = 0;
13195 x = x_before;
13196 while (i < nglyphs)
13197 {
13198 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13199
13200 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13201 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13202 {
13203 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13204 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13205 it->current_x = x;
13206 break;
13207 }
13208 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13209 {
13210 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13211 ++it->hpos;
13212 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13213 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13214 }
13215 else
13216 {
13217 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13218 Should not happen. */
13219 abort ();
13220 }
13221
13222 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13223 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13224 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13225 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13226 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13227 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13228 ++i;
13229 }
13230
13231 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13232 if (i < nglyphs)
13233 break;
13234
13235 /* Stop at line ends. */
13236 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13237 {
13238 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13239 break;
13240 }
13241
13242 set_iterator_to_next (it);
13243
13244 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13245 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13246 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13247 {
13248 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13249 truncated at a padding space. */
13250 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13251 {
13252 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13253 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13254 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13255 }
13256 break;
13257 }
13258 }
13259
13260 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13261 if (it->first_visible_x
13262 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13263 {
13264 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13265 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13266 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13267 }
13268
13269 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13270
13271 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13272 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13273 }
13274
13275
13276 \f
13277 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13278 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13279 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13280 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13281 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13282
13283 int
13284 invisible_p (propval, list)
13285 register Lisp_Object propval;
13286 Lisp_Object list;
13287 {
13288 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13289
13290 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13291 {
13292 register Lisp_Object tem;
13293 tem = XCAR (tail);
13294 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13295 return 1;
13296 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13297 return 1;
13298 }
13299
13300 if (CONSP (propval))
13301 {
13302 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13303 {
13304 Lisp_Object propelt;
13305 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13306 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13307 {
13308 register Lisp_Object tem;
13309 tem = XCAR (tail);
13310 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13311 return 1;
13312 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13313 return 1;
13314 }
13315 }
13316 }
13317
13318 return 0;
13319 }
13320
13321
13322 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13323 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13324 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13325 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13326 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13327
13328 int
13329 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13330 register Lisp_Object propval;
13331 Lisp_Object list;
13332 {
13333 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13334
13335 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13336 {
13337 register Lisp_Object tem;
13338 tem = XCAR (tail);
13339 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13340 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13341 }
13342
13343 if (CONSP (propval))
13344 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13345 {
13346 Lisp_Object propelt;
13347 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13348 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13349 {
13350 register Lisp_Object tem;
13351 tem = XCAR (tail);
13352 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13353 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13354 }
13355 }
13356
13357 return 0;
13358 }
13359
13360
13361 \f
13362 /***********************************************************************
13363 Initialization
13364 ***********************************************************************/
13365
13366 void
13367 syms_of_xdisp ()
13368 {
13369 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13370 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13371
13372 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13373 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13374
13375 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13376 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13377
13378 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13379 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13380 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13381 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13382 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13383 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13384 #endif
13385
13386 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13387 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13388
13389 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13390 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13391
13392 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13393 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13394
13395 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13396 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13397
13398 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13399 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13400
13401 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13402 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13403
13404 QCdata = intern (":data");
13405 staticpro (&QCdata);
13406 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13407 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13408 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13409 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13410 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13411 staticpro (&Qraise);
13412 Qspace = intern ("space");
13413 staticpro (&Qspace);
13414 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13415 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13416 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13417 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
13418 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
13419 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
13420 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
13421 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
13422 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
13423 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
13424 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
13425 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
13426 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
13427 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
13428 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
13429 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
13430 QCeval = intern (":eval");
13431 staticpro (&QCeval);
13432 Qwhen = intern ("when");
13433 staticpro (&Qwhen);
13434 QCfile = intern (":file");
13435 staticpro (&QCfile);
13436 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
13437 staticpro (&Qfontified);
13438 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
13439 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
13440 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
13441 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
13442 Qimage = intern ("image");
13443 staticpro (&Qimage);
13444 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
13445 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
13446
13447 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
13448 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
13449 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
13450 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
13451
13452 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13453 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
13454 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
13455
13456 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13457 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
13458 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
13459
13460 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
13461 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
13462
13463 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
13464 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
13465 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
13466 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
13467
13468 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
13469 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
13470 This is used for internal purposes.");
13471 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
13472
13473 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
13474 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
13475 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
13476
13477 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
13478 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
13479 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
13480 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
13481 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
13482
13483 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
13484 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
13485 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
13486
13487 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
13488 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
13489 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
13490 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.");
13491
13492 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
13493 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
13494 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
13495 in the window.");
13496 scroll_conservatively = 0;
13497
13498 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
13499 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
13500 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
13501 of the top or bottom of the window.");
13502 scroll_margin = 0;
13503
13504 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13505 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
13506 #endif
13507
13508 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
13509 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
13510 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
13511 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
13512
13513 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
13514 "*Non-nil means use inverse video for the mode line.");
13515 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
13516
13517 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
13518 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
13519 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
13520 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
13521 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
13522
13523 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
13524 &line_number_display_limit_width,
13525 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
13526 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
13527 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
13528 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
13529
13530 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
13531 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
13532 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
13533
13534 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
13535 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
13536 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
13537 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
13538 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
13539
13540 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
13541 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
13542 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
13543 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
13544 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
13545 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
13546 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
13547 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
13548 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
13549 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
13550 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
13551 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
13552 Vicon_title_format
13553 = Vframe_title_format
13554 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
13555 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
13556 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
13557 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
13558 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
13559 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
13560 Qnil)))),
13561 Qnil)));
13562
13563 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
13564 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
13565 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
13566 the buffer when it becomes large.");
13567 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
13568
13569 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
13570 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
13571 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
13572 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
13573 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
13574 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
13575 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
13576
13577 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
13578 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
13579 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
13580 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
13581 is not valid when these functions are called.");
13582 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
13583
13584 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
13585 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
13586 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
13587 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
13588 otherwise.");
13589 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
13590
13591 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
13592 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
13593 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
13594
13595 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
13596 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
13597 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
13598
13599 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
13600 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
13601 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
13602
13603 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
13604 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
13605 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
13606 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
13607 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
13608 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
13609 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
13610 Fmake_local_variable (Qfontification_functions);
13611
13612 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
13613 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
13614 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
13615 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
13616 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
13617 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
13618 displayed according to the current fontset.");
13619 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
13620
13621 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
13622 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
13623 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
13624 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.\n\
13625 If nil, don't resize.");
13626 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
13627
13628 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
13629 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
13630 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
13631 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
13632 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
13633
13634 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
13635 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
13636 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
13637
13638 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
13639 "List of supported image types.\n\
13640 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
13641 Vimage_types = Qnil;
13642
13643 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
13644 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
13645 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
13646 message_truncate_lines = 0;
13647 }
13648
13649
13650 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
13651
13652 void
13653 init_xdisp ()
13654 {
13655 Lisp_Object root_window;
13656 struct window *mini_w;
13657
13658 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
13659
13660 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
13661 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
13662
13663 if (!noninteractive)
13664 {
13665 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
13666 int i;
13667
13668 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
13669 set_window_height (root_window,
13670 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
13671 0);
13672 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
13673 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
13674
13675 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
13676 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
13677
13678 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
13679 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
13680 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
13681
13682 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
13683 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
13684 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
13685 }
13686
13687 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
13688 {
13689 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
13690 int size = 100;
13691 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
13692 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
13693 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
13694 }
13695 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
13696 }
13697
13698